70 a Hydraulic

CAT.E111 B General Catalog Hydraulic Cylinders Series CHA Nominal pressure: 3.5MPa Series CHM Nominal pressure: 3.5MPa Series CHQB Nominal pressure: Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H 3.5MPa Nominal pressure: 3.5, 7, 14MPa New Now boasting cushion seal & the addition of ø32 bore size. New High pressure compact type Series CHKGB Nominal pressure: 16MPa Series CHKDB Nominal pressure: 10MPa SMC Hydraulic Cylinders High New Selection by Functio Compact Hydraulic Cylinder Series CHKGB Function High pressure compact type Series Bore sizes (mm) Double Rod Water Auto switch Cushion rod end boot resistant 20 CHKGB Pg. 13 Nominal pressure 16MPa Bore sizes (mm) 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 New JIS Standard Compact Hydraulic Cylinder Series CHKDB Compact CHKDB type CHQB Round type CHM CH2H CH2G JIS type CH2F Pg. 1 Low Selection by Pressure Type Nominal pressure 10MPa Bore sizes (mm) 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 Tie-rod type CHA Compact Hydraulic Cylinder Series CHQB Round Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder Series CHM Pg. 25 Pg. 45 Nominal pressure 3.5MPa Nominal pressure 3.5MPa Bore sizes (mm) 20, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 Bore sizes (mm) 20, 25, 32, 40 Compact Type Features 1 CH2E Round Type 25 32 40 Table of Contents JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Series CH2 A new cushion seal and a ø32 bore size are now added to these products. on New Bore sizes (mm) 50 63 80 100 125 160 Page Features.................................... Features 1, 2 JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Series CH2G/CH2H Series CHKDB ............................................ 1 Series CHKGB .......................................... 13 Series CHQB ............................................. 25 Series CHM ............................................... 45 Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H .......... 55 Series CHA................................................ 87 Auto Switch Specifications ................... 115 Pg. 55 Hydraulic Cylinder Technical Data • Bore Size Selection .............................. 120 Nominal pressure 14MPa • Stroke Selection ................................... 123 Bore sizes (mm) 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 • Relationship between Load Weight and Speed ..............................................128 New • Piston Speed, Required Fluid Volume and Piping Size Selection ........................ 133 JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Series CH2F Safety Instructions ................................. 135 Hydraulic Cylinder Precautions ............ 136 Auto Switch Precautions ....................... 139 Pg. 55 Nominal pressure 7MPa Bore sizes (mm) 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 New Tie-rod Type Hydraulic Cylinder Series CHA JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Series CH2E Pg. 87 Pg. 55 Nominal pressure 3.5MPa Nominal pressure 3.5MPa Bore sizes (mm) 40, 50, 63, 80, 100, 125, 160 Bore sizes (mm) 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 Tie-rod Type Features 2 5m . Nil (Example) Y59A 3m ...) — 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire Grommet Yes 3-wire (NPN) 24V 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire Water resistant (2-color display) AC 5V. Type Special function Electrical entry Reed switch — Grommet Diagnostic indication (2-color display) Load voltage Wiring (output) No — Solid state switch Indicator light Bore sizes ø20 and ø25 2-wire Yes DC 24V 3-wire (NPN equiv. 12V 12V — Auto switch type Electrical entry direction Perpendicular In-line A90V A93V A96V F9NV F9PV F9BV F9NWV F9PWV F9BWV — A90 A93 A96 F9N F9P F9B F9NW F9PW F9BW F9BA Bore sizes ø32 to ø100 Reed switch — — Solid state switch Diagnostic indication (2-color display) Auto switch type Electrical entry direction DC AC Perpendicular In-line 3-wire (NPN equiv.... 12V 12V 5V. 12V 3-wire (PNP) Y7PWV Y7PW Electrical entry Indicator light Special function Water resistant (2-color display) ∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0... ø40. Rod end thread type Nil M Female thread Male thread Cylinder stroke (mm) Refer to the standard stroke table on page 2. • Auto switches are not mounted on the cylinder at the time of the shipment...JIS Standard Compact Hydraulic Cylinder Series CH KDB 10MPa ø20.. Nil (Example) A93 3m ... L (Example) A93L 5m ....... 12V 100V or less 12V 100V 5V — 5V. Applicable Auto Switches: Refer to pages 117 and 118 for auto switch circuit diagrams. ø50.5 (Nil) Wiring (output) 2-wire Load voltage 12V Y7BWV — Y7BW Y7BA Lead wire length (m)∗ 0.... ∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.... Z (Example) F9NWZ Type Lead wire length (m)∗ 3 5 (L) (Z) 0. ø80.) — — Z76 5V — Yes — Z73 Grommet 12V 100V 2-wire 24V — Z80 No 5V........5m . 12V 100V or less 3-wire (NPN) Y69A Y59A 5V. L (Example) Y59AL 5m . Z (Example) Y59AZ 1 — — — — Applicable load IC circuit — IC circuit Relay PLC — IC circuit — IC circuit Relay PLC — Note) Solid state switches marked "" are produced upon receipt of order. ø63.......... 1 pc.. ø25.. . ø32.... "n" pcs. E274-A for further details on each auto switch..... but rather packaged togeter with the cylinder for shipment.. Nil S n Mounting: Basic type Auto switch type Bore size 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 Nil 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 63mm 80mm 100mm Without auto switch (built-in magnet) ∗ Select applicable auto switch models from the table below. ø100 How to Order CHKDB 32 30 With Auto Switch CHDKDB 32 30 Z73 Number of auto switches With auto switch (built-in magnet) 2 pcs.5 (Nil) 3 (L) — 5 (Z) — — Applicable load IC circuit — IC circuit — Relay PLC IC circuit — IC circuit Relay PLC — Note) • Solid state switches marked "" are produced upon receipt of order.... Refer to "Auto Switch Guide" CAT.... 12V 3-wire (PNP) Y7PV Y7P 2-wire Y69B Y59B 12V — Y7NWV Y7NW Grommet Yes 3-wire (NPN) 24V 5V. Action Double acting/Single rod type Fluid Hydraulic fluid Nominal pressure 10MPa Proof pressure 15MPa Maximum allowable pressure 13MPa Minimum operating pressure 0. • Auto switches can be mounted. 85. 20. 10 5 20 ø32 to ø100 Auto switch type No. Male thread Thread tolerance JIS class 2 + 0. 35. 15. 65 and 70mm stroke cylinders have the same overall length as a 75mm stroke cylinder. Refer to the Made to Order Specifications on page 11 for the ordering procedure. 50. 25. 63. and 80. 40.Series CH KDB Compact Hydraulic Cylinder: 10MPa Specifications • Light and compact aluminum body. 100 to Made Order Pages 10 to 12 JIS symbol 5. of auto switches D-Z7 D-Z8 D-Y5. 50. • Auto switch mounting does not affect overall length.3MPa Without auto switch: –10° to 80°C Ambient and fluid temperature With auto switch: –10° to 60°C Piston speed 8 to 100mm/s Cushion None Rod end thread Female thread. 35. 30. 20. 5 5 10 15 2 pcs. D-F9WV D-F9 D-F9V D-F9BAL 1 pc. 15. Hydraulic fluid Standard mineral hydraulic fluid Compatibility W/O hydraulic fluid Compatible O/W hydraulic fluid Compatible Compatible ∗ Water/Glycol hydraulic fluid Phosphate hydraulic fluid Not compatible ∗ Contact SMC. 25. and standard strokes make more selections possible to suit your individual needs. Standard Strokes Bore sizes (mm) Standard strokes (mm) 20. 15. 90 and 95mm stroke cylinders have the same length as a 100mm stroke cylinder. 55. 35. bore sizes. 100 Hydraulic Fluid Compatibility Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke Cylinders Intermediate strokes in 5mm increments can be manufactured by installing spacers inside standard stroke cylinders. of auto switches D-A9. 25 5. 10 5 10 15 2 . 75. 50 32 5. 10. 5 5 20 2 pcs. 25. 20. 40. 50. • A wide range of operating pressures. 40. 60. 30.8 0 Stroke length tolerance Mounting type mm Basic type Mounting Through hole Note) Refer to page 136 for definitions of terms related to pressure. 30. Minimum Strokes for Auto Switch Mounting ø20 & ø25 Auto switch type No. 45. D-Y6 D-Y7 D-Y7V D-Y7W D-Y7WV D-Y7BAL 1 pc. 10. 10. 45. 75 40. D-F9W D-A9V. 80. 45. 5 40 17 NTH-100 80 55 63.3 M30 x 1.5 31 14 NTH-080 63 41 47.2 M20 x 1.8 M48 x 1.5 80 45 100 56 Operating pressure (MPa) Operating direction Piston area (mm²) 3.5 26 12 NTH-060 50 32 37 M24 x 1.Series CH KDB Theoretical Output Unit: N Bore size (mm) Rod size (mm) 20 12 25 14 32 18 40 22.5 6 NTH-032 25 19 21.9 M12 x 1.5 7 10 OUT 314 1099 2198 3140 IN 201 704 1407 2010 OUT 490 1715 3430 4900 IN 336 1176 2352 3360 OUT 804 2814 5628 8040 IN 549 1922 3843 5490 OUT 1256 4396 8792 12560 IN 862 3017 6034 8620 OUT 1963 6871 13741 19630 IN 1347 4715 9429 13470 OUT 3117 10910 21819 31170 IN 2127 7445 14889 21270 OUT 5026 17591 35182 50260 IN 3436 12026 24052 34360 OUT 7853 27486 54971 78530 IN 5390 18865 37730 53900 Theoretical output (N) = Pressure (MPa) x Piston area (mm²) Optional Parts Rod end nut 30° C øD d JIS class 2 thread H B (mm) Part no.5 69 26 Weights Unit: g 3 Standard stroke (mm) Bore size (mm) 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 75 100 20 218 240 262 282 304 326 348 370 392 414 — — 25 299 327 355 383 411 439 467 495 523 551 — — 32 515 558 601 644 687 730 773 816 859 902 1117 — 40 729 784 839 894 949 1004 1059 1114 1169 1224 1499 1774 50 1065 1139 1213 1287 1361 1435 1509 1583 1657 1731 2101 2471 63 1773 1882 1991 2100 2209 2318 2427 2536 2645 2754 3299 3844 80 3216 3379 3542 3868 4031 4194 4357 4520 4683 4846 5661 6476 100 6142 6384 6626 6868 7110 7352 7594 7836 8078 8320 9530 10740 .4 50 28 63 35. Bore size (mm) B C d D H NTH-025 20 17 19.25 16.6 M10 x 1.5 54 20 NTH-125 100 70 80.5 21 10 NTH-050 40 27 31.4 M16 x 1.25 18 7 NTH-040 32 22 25.5 M39 x 1. Example: M8 x 80l 4 pcs.4 –25 (M) –30 (M) 10.4 15.2 95 x 95l x 115l 100 x 100l –10 (M) –15 (M) 115 –40 (M) 120 x 120l –45 (M) 105 x 105l –20 (M) 125 x 125l –50 (M) 110 x 110l –25 (M) 130 x 130l –75 (M) 135 x 135l –30 (M) 135 x 135l –100 (M) 160 x 160l –35 (M) 140 x 140l –40 (M) 145 x 145l –45 (M) 150 x 150l –50 (M) 155 x 155l –75 (M) 180 x 180l –100 (M) 205 x 205l –35 (M) 26.8 –45 (M) 95 x 95l –45 (M) 110 –50 (M) 100 x 100l –50 (M) 115 x 115l CHKDB25 –5 (M) 55 M5 x 55l –75 (M) 140 x 140l –10 (M) 60 x 60l –100 (M) 165 x 165l –15 (M) 65 x 65l –5 (M) 75 M12 x 75l –20 (M) 70 x 70l –10 (M) 80 x 80l –25 (M) 75 x 75l –15 (M) 85 x 85l 80 x 80l –20 (M) 90 x 90l –35 (M) 85 x 85l –25 (M) 95 x 95l –40 (M) 90 x 90l –30 (M) 100 x 100l –45 (M) 95 x 95l –35 (M) 105 x 105l –50 (M) 100 x 100l –40 (M) 110 x 110l CHKDB32 –5 (M) 60 M6 x 60l –45 (M) 115 x 115l –10 (M) 65 x 65l –50 (M) 120 x 120l –15 (M) 70 x 70l –75 (M) 145 x 145l –20 (M) 75 x 75l –100 (M) 170 x 170l M14 x 90l –30 (M) 10.5 22.5 –35 (M) CHKDB63 CHKDB80 16 80 x 80l –5 (M) 90 85 x 85l –10 (M) 95 x 95l 90 x 90l –15 (M) 100 x 100l –40 (M) 95 x 95l –20 (M) 105 x 105l –45 (M) 100 x 100l –25 (M) 110 x 110l 115 x 115l 120 x 120l –50 (M) 105 x 105l –30 (M) –75 (M) 130 x 130l –35 (M) CHKDB40 –5 (M) 65 M8 x 65l –40 (M) 125 x 125l –10 (M) 70 x 70l –45 (M) 130 x 130l –15 (M) 75 x 75l –50 (M) 135 x 135l –20 (M) 80 x 80l –75 (M) 160 x 160l –25 (M) 85 x 85l 185 x 185l –30 (M) 90 x 90l –100 (M) CHKDB100 –5 (M) 110 M16 x 110l 13.Compact Hydraulic Cylinder: 10MPa Series CH KDB Mounting Bolts for CHKDB Mounting bolt diagram Through hole type mounting bolts are available. Mounting bolt C D Model CHKDB20 –5 (M) D 55 –10 (M) 60 –15 (M) 65 C Mounting bolt Model C Mounting bolt –5 (M) D 70 x 60l –10 (M) 75 M10 x 70l x 75l x 65l –15 (M) 80 x 80l x 85l x 90l M5 x 55l CHKDB50 –20 (M) 70 x 70l –20 (M) 85 –25 (M) 75 x 75l –25 (M) 90 80 x 80l –30 (M) 95 x 95l –35 (M) 85 x 85l –35 (M) 100 x 100l –40 (M) 90 x 90l –40 (M) 105 x 105l x 110l –30 (M) 12. How to order: Add "Bolt" in front of the bolts to be used.5 4 . 8. 4. Specific Product Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Make sure that the interlocking length of the rod end thread (male or female thread) and the mounting material is at least 80% of the thread diameter. When the air release is complete. Tightening torque (N⋅m) 2. Use hexagon socket head cap screws (JISB1176. build the mounting jig in such a way that a lateral load will not be applied to the piston rod.9 or higher) for cylinder mounting. Do not use two cylinders facing one another horizontally or vertically in such a way that their piston rods strike each other. from piping. Body mounting bolt tightening torques Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 Mounting bolt size M5 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 5. When operating a cylinder for the first time.) as well. the applied load must not be allowed to strike the piston rod end.g. When the cylinder head side contains hydraulic fluid or is in a normally pressurized condition. Avoid such applications. please refer to page 7. etc. Refer to pages 135 through 141 for safety instructions.5 30 38 45 55 66 86 104 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 øN Bore size (mm) C B + Stroke A + Stroke Note) For all dimensions other than the above.5 4 7 16 30 40 70 100 Magnetic body (steel plate. 2. 6. R V Rod end thread type Y7BA S Water resistant solid state switch with 2-color display NBR Seal (nitrile rubber) FKM Seal (fluoro rubber) ø20 and 25 ø32 to ø100 F9BA Y7BA Auto switch symbol (mm) S A B C N S 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 61 63 71 75 81 90 105 132 43 45 51 55 60 67 78 96 18 18 20 20 21 23 27 36 26.) 5 . etc. 7. hydraulic cylinder precautions and auto switch precautions. as the operation of auto switches may become unstable. R CHKDB Bore size Stroke Water resistant cylinder Refer to page 2 for specifications. 3. Since a lateral load (eccentric load) cannot be applied to the piston rod. release air from other components (e. be sure to release the air inside the cylinder and the piping. operate the cylinder at reduced pressure. Since Series CHKDB does not have an air release plug. then gradually increase it to the normal operating pressure. (mm) Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 g h + Stroke Rod end male thread g h 33 36 45 50 56 68 87 111 76 81 96 105 116 135 165 207 Note) For all dimensions other than the above. Consult with SMC when using a cylinder in close proximity to a magnetic body (including proximity on any side) as shown in the figure below.Series CH KDB Water Resistant Type A special scraper is installed on the basic cylinder to prevent liquid in the surrounding area from entering the cylinder. use tightening torques in the table at left as a guide. It can be used in environments where exposure to machine tool coolants is likely. such as in food processing machinery and car washing equipment. please refer to page 7. Usage Caution 1. as well as in environments where water spray and splashing is frequent. When mounting the cylinder body with mounting bolts. strength class 10. 10. and 13 from the chart at left ∗ Seal kits consist of items 7. and can be ordered by using the seal kit number for each bore size. 12 and 13. 7.Compact Hydraulic Cylinder: 10MPa Series CH KDB Construction ø20 to ø25 ø32 to ø100 Without auto switch Replacement parts: Seal kits Parts list No. 10. NBR 6 . 11. 1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Black anodized 20 CHKD20-PS 2 Head cover Aluminum alloy Black anodized 25 CHKD25-PS 3 Cylinder tube Aluminum alloy Hard anodized 32 CHKD32-PS ø20 & ø25: Stainless steel ø32 to ø100: Carbon steel Hard chromium electroplated 40 CHKD40-PS 50 CHKD50-PS Stainless steel 63 CHKD63-PS Copper alloy 80 CHKD80-PS Resin 100 CHKD100-PS 4 Piston rod 5 Piston 6 Bushing 7 Back-up ring 8 Magnet 9 Magnet plate 10 Scraper 11 Rod seal 12 Piston seal 13 Tube gasket 14 Piston gasket — With switch only Stainless steel With switch only Kit components Nos. 12. 11. Description Material Note Bore size (mm) Seal kit no. 5 142 3/8 36 15 Note 1) Body dimensions are the same with or without auto switches.5 21 50 101 197 8 .5 14 41 77 155 100 71 75 M48 x 1.25 6 12 26 71 32 21 25 M16 x 1.5 depth 10.5 9.5 9 30 58 125 80 56 60 M39 x 1.5 12 6 36 5.5 63 1/4 19.4 49 1/8 17 32 61 51 10 18 14 M12 x 1.6 71 1/4 20.5 7 14 35 86 40 26 30 M20 x 1.5 8 24 46 106 63 41 45 M30 x 1.5 10 80 95 78 17 45 41 M30 x 3.5 36 14 86 15 23 depth 15.8 81 1/4 22 10 63 80 67 13 35.4 43 1/8 16.4 19 M16 x 2 20 7 52 9 14 depth 8.5 9.75 15 7 47 6.5 6 25 53 45 8 14 12 M10 x 1.5 7 19 40 95 50 31 35 M24 x 1.2 117 3/8 30 15 100 122 96 26 56 50 M39 x 4 45 21 106 17 26 depth 17.6 11 depth 6.5 10 40 65 55 10 22.5 24 8 58 11 17.5 depth 5.25 10 6 30 5.5 10 50 71 60 11 28 24 M20 x 2.5 30 M27 x 3 33 9 69 13 20 depth 13 97 1/4 25.25 6 10 23 66 25 14 18 M12 x 1.5 depth 5.Series CH KDB Dimensions 2-Rc P F with effective thread depth G E R R H E 4-øK through 8-øL counter bore J M CHKDB20 & 25 Q Q øD F with effective thread depth G 4-øK through 8-øL counter bore J M B + Stroke C A + Stroke CHKDB32 to 100 Width across flats f c a b e g h + Stroke Rod end male thread (mm) Bore size (mm) A B C D E F G H J K L M P Q R 20 51 43 8 12 10 M8 x 1. Rod end male threads 7 (mm) Bore size (mm) a b c e f g h 20 11 15 M10 x 1. E274-A for detailed specifications.5 18.5 MA 25 27 B D-F9BAL A Proper auto switch mounting positions ø32 to ø100 B D-Z7 D-Z8 D-Y5 D-Y7 D-Y7W A D-Y6 D-Y7V D-Y7WV Bore size (mm) D-Z7. D-Y7 D-Y7V. MA SMC SMC D-A90 20 25 (mm) D-F9 D-F9V D-F9W D-F9WV D-A9 D-A9V D-F9BAL A B A B A B 8 9 15 16 12 13 19 20 11 12 18 19 A B Auto switch mounting heights D-A9V D-F9V D-F9WV Bore size (mm) Approx.5 26 35 44.5 SMC SMC A 8 .Series CH KDB Auto Switch Specifications Refer to "Auto Switch Guide" CAT.5 29. MA 20 25 A (mm) D-A9V D-F9V D-F9WV D-F9BAL MA 25 27 MA 27. D-Z8.5 B Auto switch mounting heights SMC Bore size (mm) SMC Approx. D-Y5 D-Y.5 37 43 51. D-Y7WV D-Y7BAL A B 32 40 50 63 80 100 10 12 13 16.5 16. MA A (mm) B D-Y7BAL 32 40 50 63 80 100 (mm) D-Y7BAL MA 32. Auto Switches: Proper Mounting Positions and Mounting Heights for Stroke End Detection ø20 & ø25 Proper auto switch mounting positions B D-A9 D-F9 D-F9W Bore size (mm) D-A90 Approx.5 18.5 22.5 26.5 62 74. they should be inserted into the cylinder's switch mounting groove from the direction shown in the drawing below. the mounting screw should be turned about 90° past the point at which tightening can first be felt. D-Y5.1 to 0.2N·m for types D-A9 and D-F9. Caution When tightening the auto switch mounting screw.1N·m for types D-Z7. tighten with a torque of 0. Also. use a watchmakers screw driver with a handle about 5 to 6mm in diameter.Series CH KDB Auto Switch Mounting When mounting auto switches. D-Y6 and D-Y7.05 to 0.5 x 4l (included with auto switch) 9 . After setting in the mounting position. use a flat head watchmakers screw driver to tighten the set screw that is included. As a rule. and 0. D-Z8. M2. 5 21 45 105 63 32 35 M24 x 1.5 12 28 73 -XC61R 32 17.5 M6 x 1 12 32 63 51 12 18 15 13 M10 x 1.5 30 X Y Rod end male threads a b e f g h Part no. and prices.5 M8 x 1.75 24 63 85 67 18 35.5 11.5 20 50 75 60 15 28 24 21 M16 x 2 20 9.5 17 M10 x 1.Series CH KDB Made to Order Specifications 1 to Made Order Contact SMC for detailed specifications.5 36 17.5 27 53 120 80 40 43 M30 x 1.5 41 76 172 Bore size (mm) c X & Y dimensions None 4 places on front side Note) The relationship between the mounting taps (X and Y dimensions) provided on cylinder tubes and their order numbers is as shown above.5 24 11.5 7.5 10 24 67 -XC61 25 14.5 20 M12 x 1.5 9.5 17.5 6.25 6.5 31 27 M20 x 2.25 7 13 32 83 -XC61H 4 places on rear side 40 22 25 M16 x 1.5 27 100 122 96 26 56 48 41 M30 x 3. suffix 20 12 14 M8 x 1 5. 1 Series CHQHB (14MPa compatible) Interchangeable Parts CHKDB Bore size Stroke Auto switch Rod end thread type CHQHB interchangeable parts Quantity Cylinder mounting Nil Overall length End thread size Interchangeable contents XC61 R H W Through hole Front taps Rear taps Double side taps Dimensions CHKDB--XC61 F with effective thread depth G Width across flats f ød øD C a Width across flats E b e g H J X with thread depth Y Note) C B + Stroke h + Stroke Rod end male thread A + Stroke Bore size (mm) A B C D d E F G H J 20 53 43 10 12 11 10 M6 x 1 8 5.5 11.75 15 8 10 M10 x 1.5 12 7 8.5 8 16 39 94 -XC61W 8 places on both sides 50 27 30 M20 x 1.5 M6 x 1 12 25 56 45 11 14 13 12 M8 x 1.5 14 M16 x 2 24 80 99 78 21 45 39 36 M27 x 3 33 15 17 M18 x 2.25 16 40 69 55 14 22.5 M12 x 1.5 22 M20 x 2. lead times. 10 .4 19 16 M12 x 1.5 15 36 64 142 100 47 50 M39 x 1.25 10 6. 95 A B A B 32 136 126 — — 40 140 130 165 155 50 146 135 171 160 63 155 142 180 167 80 170 153 195 178 100 197 171 222 196 Note) Dimensions other than those highlighted above are standard. 90. CHKDB Bore size Stroke Rod end thread type Auto switch Quantity XC63 Intermediate stroke Stroke Applicable tube 55. 11 . and prices. lead times. 70 80. 65. 85. 70 For 75mm stroke 80.KDB Made to Order Specifications 2 Series CH Contact SMC for detailed specifications. 90. 60. 60. 95 For 100mm stroke Dimensions CHKDB--XC63 B A Stroke Bore size (mm) 55. 2 to Made r Orde Intermediate Stroke Type Intermediate strokes in 5mm increments can be manufactured by installing spacers inside standard stroke cylinders. 85. 65. Series CH KDB Made to Order Specifications 3 Contact SMC for detailed specifications. lead times.5 17 10 40 20.5 10 50 22 19. and prices. CHKDB Bore size Stroke Rod end thread type Auto switch Quantity XC64 With air release valve Dimensions CHKDB--XC64 C C A B Bore size (mm) A B C 20 16.5 15 100 36 33 15 Note) Dimensions other than those highlighted above are standard.5 17. 12 . 3 to Made r Orde With Air Release Valve Air release valves are provided on cylinder tube surfaces machined for ports.5 10 63 25.5 22 10 80 30 26.5 14.5 7 25 17 15 8 32 19. the switches (already attached to mounting brackets) are packed together with the cylinder for shipment... Z (Example) F9NWZ Reed switch Solid state switch — Electrical entry Grommet Indicator light Special function Yes No — Diagnostic indication (2-color display) Water resistant (2-color display) 3-wire (NPN equiv. 1 pc. ø40... ø32. L (Example) Y59AL 5m ... ø50. Applicable Auto Switches: Refer Refer to pages 117 and 118 for auto switch circuit diagrams.... 12V 100V or less — 3-wire (NPN) 5V.) 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire Grommet Yes 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire Water resistant (2-color display) Auto switch type Lead wire length (m)∗ Electrical entry direction 0.. Nil (Example) A93 3m .....Compact Hydraulic Cylinder Series CH KGB 16MPa ø20...... Rod end thread type Nil Female thread Male thread M Cylinder stroke (mm) Refer to the standard stroke table on page 14. but are not mounted on the cylinder.) 2-wire DC AC — 5V 12V 100V 24V 5V.. Load voltage Wiring (output) IC circuit Relay — PLC IC circuit — Note) Solid state switches marked "" are produced upon receipt of order..5 3 5 AC DC Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (L) (Z) A90 — 5V. Relay PLC . ø25. Electrical entry — Grommet Indicator light Special function Solid state switch Type Reed switch Bore sizes ø20 and ø25 No — Diagnostic indication (2-color display) Yes 2-wire 3-wire (NPN equiv. 12V F9PWV F9PW F9BWV F9BW 12V — F9BA — Load voltage Wiring (output) ∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.. Z (Example) Y59AZ 13 Bore sizes Mounting bracket (mm) part no. ø100 How to Order CHKGB 32 30 CHDKGB 32 30 With Auto Switch Z73 Number of auto switches With auto switch (built-in magnet) Nil Mounting: Basic type Auto switch type Bore size 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 2 pcs.. to "Auto Switch Guide" CAT.... Bore sizes ø32 to ø100 Type Applicable load 12V — Auto switch type Lead wire length (m)∗ Applicable Electrical entry direction 0. ø63. 12V F9PV F9P F9BV F9B — 12V 24V F9NWV F9NW 5V..... L (Example) A93L 5m. 12V 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire 12V Grommet Yes 3-wire (NPN) 24V 5V.... 12V 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire ∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0...5m . ø80.. Auto switch mounting bracket (screws) part nos.5m .. 20 & 25 BHK1 -020 Applicable switches Reed switches Solid state switches D-A9 D-A9V D-F9 D-F9V D-F9W D-F9WV D-F9BAL D-Z7 D-Z8 D-Y5 D-Y6 D-Y7 D-Y7V D-Y7W D-Y7WV D-Y7BAL IC circuit — Relay IC circuit PLC 32 to 100 — BHK2 -032 Note) For cylinders with auto switches..E-274-A for further details on each auto switch.. S n Without auto switch (built-in magnet) Nil 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 63mm 80mm 100mm ∗ Select applicable auto switch models from the table below. "n" pcs.. Nil (Example) Y59A 3m .5 3 5 load Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (L) (Z) Z76 Z73 Z80 Y69A Y59A Y7PV Y7P Y69B Y59B Y7NWV Y7NW Y7PWV Y7PW Y7BWV Y7BW — Y7BA — — — — — — IC circuit — — Relay IC circuit PLC IC circuit — IC circuit — Note) Solid state switches marked "" are produced upon receipt of order. 12V 100V or less A90V 24V A93V A93 — 12V 100V A96V A96 — 5V — — F9NV F9N 5V. 20. 10 10 5 15 14 . 100 to Made Order Pages 22 to 24 Manufacture of Intermediate Stroke Cylinders JIS symbol Hydraulic Fluid Compatibility Intermediate strokes in 5mm increments can be manufactured by installing spacers inside standard stroke cylinders. bore sizes. 65 and 70mm stroke cylinders have the same overall length as a 75mm stroke cylinder. D-Y7V D-Y6 D-Y7 D-Y7BAL 1 pc. 35. 10. D-F9W D-A9V. 100 40. 75. 20. 10 5 15 ø32 to ø100 Auto switch type No. • Auto switch mounting does not affect overall length. 50. 60. 35. 50. 45. 80. 25. 15. of auto switches D-Z7 D-Z8 D-Y7W D-Y7WV D-Y5. Male thread Thread tolerance JIS class 2 +0. Refer to the Made to Order Specifications on page 23 for the ordering procedure. Hydraulic fluid Standard mineral hydraulic fluid Compatibility W/O hydraulic fluid Compatible O/W hydraulic fluid Compatible Compatible ∗ Water/Glycol hydraulic fluid Phosphate hydraulic fluid Not compatible ∗ Contact SMC. 25.Series CH KGB Compact Hydraulic Cylinder: 16MPa Specifications • Light and compact aluminum body. and 80. 40. 40. 10. 15. 15. 63. Minimum Strokes for Auto Switch Mounting ø20 & ø25 Auto switch type No. 55. 45. 5 10 5 15 2 pcs. 40. Standard Strokes Bore sizes (mm) Standard strokes (mm) 5. 20. D-F9WV D-F9 D-F9V D-F9BAL 1 pc. 25. 45. 85. 30. 5 5 15 2 pcs. 50 20 & 25 5. • A wide range of operating pressures. and standard strokes make wide selections possible. Action Double acting/Single rod type Fluid Hydraulic fluid Nominal pressure 16MPa Proof pressure 24MPa Maximum allowable pressure 16MPa Minimum operating pressure 0. 30. 35. 30. 10. 90 and 95mm stroke cylinders have the same length as a 100mm stroke cylinder. • Auto switch can be mounted. 75 32 5. 50.3MPa Without auto switch: –10° to 80°C Ambient and fluid temperature With auto switch: –10° to 60°C Piston speed 8 to 100mm/s Cushion None Rod end thread Female thread. of auto switches D-A9.8 0 Stroke length tolerance Mounting type mm Basic type Mounting Through hole Note) Refer to page 136 for definitions of terms related to pressure. 5 6 NTH-032 25 19 21.6 M10 x 1.4 50 28 63 35.5 69 26 Weights Unit: g Standard stroke (mm) Bore size (mm) 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 75 100 20 221 242 263 284 305 326 347 368 389 410 — — 25 312 339 366 393 420 447 474 501 528 555 — — 32 581 625 669 713 757 801 845 889 933 977 1197 — 40 927 986 1045 1104 1163 1222 1281 1340 1399 1458 1753 2048 50 1351 1430 1509 1588 1667 1746 1825 1904 1983 2062 2457 2852 63 1813 1936 2059 2182 2305 2428 2551 2674 2797 2920 3535 4150 80 3870 4053 4236 4419 4602 4785 4968 5151 5334 5517 6432 7347 100 7188 7457 7726 7995 8264 8533 8802 9071 9340 9609 10954 12299 15 .5 21 10 NTH-050 40 27 31. Bore size (mm) B C d D H NTH-025 20 17 19.4 M16 x 1.5 54 20 NTH-125 100 70 80.25 16.5 7 10 16 1099 2198 3140 5024 IN 201 704 1407 2010 3216 OUT 490 1715 3430 4900 7840 IN 336 1176 2352 3360 5376 OUT 804 2814 5628 8040 12864 IN 549 1922 3843 5490 8784 OUT 1256 4396 8792 12560 20096 IN 862 3017 6034 8620 13792 OUT 1963 6871 13741 19630 31408 IN 1347 4715 9429 13470 21552 OUT 3117 10910 21819 31170 49872 IN 2127 7445 14889 21270 34032 OUT 5026 17591 35182 50260 80416 IN 3436 12026 24052 34360 54976 OUT 7853 27486 54971 78530 125648 IN 5390 18865 37730 53900 86240 Theoretical output (N) = Pressure (MPa) x Piston area (mm²) Optional Parts Rod end nut 30° C øD d JIS class 2 thread B H (mm) Part no.25 18 7 NTH-040 32 22 25.5 M39 x 1.2 M20 x 1.5 80 45 100 56 Operating pressure (MPa) OUT 314 3.8 M48 x 1.Series CH KGB Theoretical Output Unit: N Rod size (mm) Bore size (mm) 20 Operating Piston area (mm²) direction 12 25 14 32 18 40 22.5 31 14 NTH-080 63 41 47.5 26 12 NTH-060 50 32 37 M24 x 1.9 M12 x 1.3 M30 x 1.5 40 17 NTH-100 80 55 63. 5 16 . How to order: Add "Bolt" in front of the bolts to be used.5 105 x 105l –10 (M) 125 x 125l –40 (M) 110 x 110l –15 (M) 130 x 130l –45 (M) 115 x 115l –20 (M) 135 x 135l –50 (M) 120 x 120l –25 (M) 140 x 140l –75 (M) 145 x 145l –30 (M) 145 x 145l –100 (M) 170 x 170l –35 (M) 150 x 150l –40 (M) 155 x 155l –45 (M) 160 x 160l –50 (M) 165 x 165l –75 (M) 190 x 190l –100 (M) 215 x 215l –35 (M) 26.5 22 –25 (M) 95 x 95l –100 (M) 195 x 195l –30 (M) 100 x 100l CHKGB100 –5 (M) 120 M16 x 120l 13.4 Mounting bolt CHKGB50 CHKGB63 C 15.5 –35 (M) 85 x 85l –25 (M) 105 x 105l –40 (M) 90 x 90l –30 (M) 110 x 110l –45 (M) 95 x 95l –35 (M) 115 x 115l –50 (M) 100 x 100l –40 (M) 120 x 120l 16 –5 (M) 65 M6 x 65l –45 (M) 125 x 125l –10 (M) 70 x 70l –50 (M) 130 x 130l –15 (M) 75 x 75l –75 (M) 155 x 155l –20 (M) 80 x 80l –100 (M) 180 x 180l –5 (M) 100 M14 x 100l –25 (M) CHKGB80 85 x 85l 90 x 90l –10 (M) 105 x 105l –35 (M) 95 x 95l –15 (M) 110 x 110l –40 (M) 100 x 100l –20 (M) 115 x 115l –45 (M) 105 x 105l –25 (M) 120 x 120l –50 (M) 110 x 110l –30 (M) 125 x 125l –75 (M) 135 x 135l –35 (M) 130 x 130l –5 (M) 75 M8 x 75l –40 (M) 135 x 135l –10 (M) 80 x 80l –45 (M) 140 x 140l –15 (M) 85 x 85l –50 (M) 145 x 145l –20 (M) 90 x 90l –75 (M) 170 x 170l –30 (M) CHKGB40 Mounting bolt D 80 C –20 (M) CHKGB25 Model –5 (M) Model CHKGB20 10.4 10.Compact Hydraulic Cylinder: 16MPa Series CH KGB Mounting Bolts for CHKGB Mounting bolt diagram Through hole type mounting bolts are available. Mounting bolt C D –5 (M) D 55 –10 (M) 60 M5 x 55l x 60l –15 (M) 65 –10 (M) 85 M10 x 80l x 85l x 60l –15 (M) 90 x 90l 70 x 70l –20 (M) 95 x 95l 75 x 75l –25 (M) 100 x 100l 80 x 80l –30 (M) 105 x 105l –35 (M) 85 x 85l –35 (M) 110 x 110l –40 (M) 90 x 90l –40 (M) 115 x 115l –45 (M) 95 x 95l –45 (M) 120 x 120l –50 (M) 100 x 100l –50 (M) 125 x 125l –5 (M) 55 M5 x 55l –75 (M) 150 x 150l –10 (M) 60 x 60l –100 (M) 175 x 175l –15 (M) 65 x 60l –5 (M) 85 M12 x 85l –20 (M) 70 x 70l –10 (M) 90 x 90l 75 x 75l –15 (M) 95 x 95l 80 x 80l –20 (M) 100 x 100l –25 (M) –30 (M) –25 (M) –30 (M) CHKGB32 12. Example: M8 x 80l 4 pcs. 0 4.9 10 20 40 50 80 120 Magnetic body (steel plate etc. Usage Caution 1.) as well.Series CH KGB Specific Product Precautions Be sure to read before handling. When the air release is complete. When mounting the cylinder body with mounting bolts.) 17 . build the mounting jig in such a way that a lateral load will not be applied to the piston rod. When the cylinder head side contains hydraulic fluid or is in a normally pressurized condition. When operating a cylinder for the first time. 4. the applied load must not be allowed to strike the piston rod end. use tightening torques in the table at left as a guide. 2. 3. Avoid such applications. then gradually increase it to the normal operating pressure. Make sure that the interlocking length of the rod end thread (male or female thread) and the mounting material is at least 80% of the thread diameter. operate the cylinder at reduced pressure. from piping. 8. Do not use two cylinders facing one another horizontally or vertically in such a way that their piston rods strike each other.9 or higher) for cylinder mounting. Body mounting bolt tightening torques Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 Mounting bolt size M5 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 Tightening torque N⋅m 3.g. be sure to relase the air inside the cylinder and the piping. 5. release air from other components (e. Use hexagon socket head cap screws (JISB1176. hydraulic cylinder and auto switch precautions. Since a lateral load (eccentric load) cannot be applied to the piston rod. 6. Since Series CHKGB does not have an air release plug. etc. Refer to pages 135 through 141 for safety instructions. Consult with SMC when using a cylinder in close proximity to a magnetic body (including proximity on any side) as shown in the figure below. 7. strength class 10. as the operation of auto switches may become unstable. With back-up ring NBR 18 . Material Note ø20 & ø25: Stainless steel ø32 to ø100: Carbon steel 4 Piston rod 5 Piston 6 Bushing 7 Back-up ring 8 Magnet — With switch only 9 Magnet plate Stainless steel With switch only 10 Switch mounting bracket Aluminum alloy With switch only 11 Scraper 12 Rod seal 13 Piston seal 14 Tube gasket 15 Piston gasket Hard chromium electroplated Kit components Nos. 1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Black anodized 20 CHKG20-PS 2 Head cover Aluminum alloy Black anodized 25 CHKG25-PS 3 Cylinder tube Aluminum alloy Hard anodized 32 CHKG32-PS 40 CHKG40-PS 50 CHKG50-PS Stainless steel 63 CHKG63-PS Copper alloy 80 CHKG80-PS Resin 100 CHKG100-PS Description No. 12. 12. 7. 11.Compact Hydraulic Cylinder: 16MPa Series CH KGB Construction ø32 to ø100 Without auto switch ø20 to ø25 Replacement parts: Seal kits Parts list Bore size (mm) Seal kit no. 13 and 14 and can be ordered by using the seal kit number for each bore size. 11. 13 and 14 from the chart at left ∗ Seal kits consist of items 7. 2 121 3/8 31 15 31 100 132 106 26 56 50 M39 x 4 45 21 106 17 26 depth 17.5 50 81 70 11 28 24 M20 x 2.5 9 30 58 135 80 56 60 M39 x 1.5 63 1/4 19.25 10 6 30 5.4 43 1/8 16. Rod end male threads 19 (mm) Bore size (mm) a b c e f g h 20 11 15 M10 x 1.Series CH KGB Dimensions 2-Rc P F with effective thread depth G Q S R øD R Width across flats f c a e b g H E C 4-øK through 8-øL counter bore J M h + Stroke B + Stroke A + Stroke Rod end male thread (mm) Bore size (mm) A B C D E F G H J K L M P Q R S 20 51 43 8 12 10 M8 x 1.5 36 14 86 15 23 depth 15.5 40 75 65 10 22.5 21 50 101 207 8 12 .6 71 1/4 21.5 6 11.5 12 6 36 5.5 24 8 58 11 17.6 11 depth 6.5 14 41 77 165 100 71 75 M48 x 1.5 7 14 35 91 40 26 30 M20 x 1.8 81 1/4 24 10 24 63 90 77 13 35.5 10 21.5 25 53 45 8 14 12 M10 x 1.5 80 105 88 17 45 41 M30 x 3.5 8 24 46 116 63 41 45 M30 x 1.5 7 19 40 105 50 31 35 M24 x 1.4 19 M16 x 2 20 7 52 9 14 depth 8.25 6 10 23 66 25 14 18 M12 x 1.5 depth 10.5 9.5 depth 5.4 49 1/8 17 32 66 56 10 18 14 M12 x 1.25 6 12 26 71 32 21 25 M16 x 1.5 146 3/8 36 15 36 Note) Body dimensions are the same with or without auto switches.5 depth 5.5 30 M27 x 3 33 9 69 13 20 depth13 100 1/4 27.5 10 27.5 9.5 10 19.75 15 7 47 6. Series CH KGB Auto Switch Specifications Refer to "Auto Switch Guide" CAT.E274-A for detailed specifications. Auto Switches: Proper Mounting Positions and Mounting Heights for Stroke End Detection ø20 & ø25 Proper auto switch mounting positions B D-A9 D-F9 D-F9W Bore size (mm) D-A90 Approx. MA D-A9 D-A9V D-F9BAL SMC SMC (mm) D-F9 D-F9V D-F9W D-F9WV A B A B A B 12 13 11 12 16 17 15 16 15 16 14 15 D-A90 20 25 A B D-A9V D-F9V D-F9WV Auto switch mounting heights Bore size (mm) (mm) D-A9V D-F9V D-F9WV D-F9BAL MA 25.5 27.5 MA 28 30 MA 25.5 27.5 D-A90V SMC SMCD-A90V Approx. MA 20 25 A B D-F9BAL A ø32 to ø100 Proper auto switch mounting positions (mm) B D-Z7 D-Z8 D-Y5 D-Y7 D-Y7W B A D-Y6 D-Y7V D-Y7WV Bore size (mm) 32 40 50 63 80 100 D-Z7, D-Z8, D-Y5 D-Y6, D-Y7 D-Y7V, D-Y7WV D-Y7BAL A B 13.5 19 19 21.5 24.5 34.5 18 21.5 26.5 31 39 46.5 Auto switch mounting heights (mm) SMC SMC Bore size (mm) Approx. MA A B D-Y7BAL 32 40 50 63 80 100 D-Y7BAL MA 33 37.5 43.5 52 62.5 75 SMC SMC A 20 Series CH KGB Auto Switch Mounting When mounting auto switches, they should first be set into the mounting bracket and inserted into the cylinder's switch mounting groove from the direction shown in the drawing below. After setting in the mounting position, use a hexagon wrench to tighten the switch mounting bracket screw that is included. Caution When tightening the auto switch mounting screw, use a watchmakers screw driver with a handle about 5 to 6 mm in diameter. When tightening the mounting bracket screw, use a 1.5mm hexagon wrench. The tightening torque should be approximately 0.1 to 0.2N·m for types D-A9 and D-F9, and 0.05 to 0.1N·m for types D-Z7, D-Z8, D-Y5, DY6 and D-Y7. As a rule, the mounting screw should be turned about 90° past the point at which tightening can first be felt. M3 x 6l (included with switch mounting bracket) 21 M2.5 x 4l (included with auto switch) Series CH KGB Made to Order Specifications 1 to Made r Orde Contact SMC for detailed specifications, lead times, and prices. 1 Series CHQHB (14MPa) Interchangeable Parts CHKGB Bore size Stroke Rod end thread type Auto switch CHQHB Interchangeable parts Note) Note) The interchangeable contents are the "C" dimension (from the front end surface to the rod end) and the "F" dimension (rod end thread size). Cylinder mounting Nil Piston rod C dimension End thread size F dimension Interchangeable contents XC62 Quantity R H W Through hole Front taps Rear taps Double side taps Dimensions CHKGB--XC62 F with effective thread depth G Width across flats f ød øD c a Width across flats E e b g H J h + Stroke X with thread depth Y Note1) B + Stroke C Rod end male thread A + Stroke Bore size (mm) A B C D d E 20 53 43 10 12 11 10 25 56 45 11 14 13 12 32 68 56 12 18 15 13 M10 x 1.5 40 79 65 14 22.4 19 16 50 85 70 15 28 24 63 95 77 18 35.5 80 109 88 21 100 132 106 26 G H J X Y M6 x 1 F 8 5.5 6.5 M6 x 1 12 M8 x 1.25 10 6.5 7.5 M6 x 1 12 12 7 8.5 M8 x 1.25 16 M12 x 1.75 15 8 10 M10 x 1.5 20 21 M16 x 2 20 9.5 11.5 M12 x 1.75 24 31 27 M20 x 2.5 24 11.5 14 M16 x 2 24 45 39 36 M27 x 3 33 15 17 M18 x 2.5 27 56 48 41 M30 x 3.5 36 17.5 22 M20 x 2.5 30 Rod end male threads a b c e f g h 20 12 14 M8 x 1 5.5 10 24 67 -XC62 25 14.5 17 M10 x 1.25 6.5 12 28 73 -XC62R 32 17.5 20 M12 x 1.25 7 13 32 88 -XC62H 4 places on rear side 40 22 25 M16 x 1.5 8 16 39 104 -XC62W 8 places on both sides 50 27 30 M20 x 1.5 9.5 21 45 115 63 32 35 M24 x 1.5 11.5 27 53 130 80 40 43 M30 x 1.5 15 36 64 152 100 47 50 M39 x 1.5 17.5 41 76 182 Bore size (mm) Part no. suffix X & Y dimensions None 4 places on front side Note) The relationship between the mounting taps (X & Y dimensions) provided on cylinder tubes and their order numbers is as shown above. 22 95 Dimensions CHKGB--XC63 B A Bore size (mm) Stroke 55. 85. 65. and prices. 70 80. 23 Applicable tube For 75mm stroke For 100mm stroke . 90. 2 Intermediate Stroke Type Intermediate strokes in 5mm increments can be manufactured by installing spacers inside standard stroke cylinders. lead times. 65. 70 80.Series CH KGB Made to Order Specifications 2 to Made Order Contact SMC for detailed specifications. CHKGB Bore size Stroke Rod end thread type Auto switch Quantity XC63 Intermediate stroke Strokes 55. 60. 85. 90. 60. 95 A B A B 32 141 131 — — 40 150 140 175 165 50 156 145 181 170 63 165 152 190 177 80 180 163 205 188 100 207 181 232 206 Note) Dimensions other than those highlighted above are standard. 24 .5 10 50 24 21. and prices.5 10 63 27. 3 With Air Release Valve Air release valves are provided on cylinder tube surfaces machined for ports.5 17 10 40 21. lead times.5 24 10 80 31 27.5 18.5 9.5 7 25 17 10 8 32 19.Series CH KGB Made to Order Specifications 3 to Made Order Contact SMC for detailed specifications. CHKGB Bore size Stroke Auto switch Rod end thread type Quantity XC64 With air release valve Dimensions A C C CH KGB--XC64 B Bore size (mm) A B C 20 16.5 15 100 36 33 15 Note) Dimensions other than those highlighted above are standard. 5MPa ø20..... 12V 24V 5V. "n" pcs Auto switch type 20mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 63mm 80mm 100mm Nil Cylinder stroke (mm) Refer to the standard stroke table on page 26... ø50. 12V 2-wire 2-wire 3 (L) J79W F7BA F7NT 5V... L (Example) A80CL 5 (Z) 5V. 12V Applicable load 0.. ø80. ø40.... N (Example) A80CN Note) Solid state switches marked "" are produced upon receipt of order.Compact Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod Series CH QB 3. 1 pc. 25 None (N) — 12V ∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.E274-A for further details on each auto switch.. 12V 100V or less 12V — 5V. Applicable Auto Switches: Refer Refer to pages 117 and 118 for auto switch circuit diagrams.) — Grommet Yes 5V — — 200V 12V 100V No Connector — Yes No Grommet Diagnostic indication (2-color display) Water resistant (2-color display) Grommet With timer Yes 24V 5V. ø63.. Z (Example) A80CZ None .5 (Nil) — — 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 3-wire (PNP) — Lead wire length (m)∗ A72 A73 — Diagnostic indication (2-color display) Solid state switch — AC Auto switch type Rail mount Direct mount ø32 to ø100 ø20 to ø100 Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line — A76H A96 A96V — — IC circuit — IC circuit Relay PLC IC circuit — IC circuit IC circuit — IC circuit — Relay PLC . Action: Double acting Rod end thread type Nil M Female thread Male thread Type Special function Electrical entry Indicator light to "Auto Switch Guide" CAT. ø32.... Nil (Example) A80C 3 m .. 12V 12V — — — — F7BWV F7BAV 3-wire (NPN) F7PW — — — F9PWV F9BWV F9PW F9BW F9BA — — 4-wire (NPN) 5m . Load voltage Wiring (output) DC Reed switch 3-wire (NPN equiv.5m .. Without auto switch (built-in magnet ) ∗ Select applicable auto switch models from the table below... 12V 24V or less — Grommet Yes Connector Diagnostic indication (2-color display) Latch type with diagnostic output (2-color display) 2-wire — — — — — — — — — IC circuit — A72H A73H — — — — — — A80 A73C A80C A80H A93V A90V A93 A90 — — — — — — A79W — — — — — F7NV F7PV F7BV J79C F7NWV F79 F7P J79 F9NV F9PV F9BV F9N F9P F9B — F79W — — — — — F9NWV F9NW — — — — — — — — — — — — F79F — — — — — F7LF — — — 3-wire (NPN) 5V. ø100 How to Order With Auto Switch CHQB 50 CHDQB 50 30 D 30 D A72 Number of auto switches With auto switch (built-in magnet) Nil S n Mounting: Basic type Bore size 20 32 40 50 63 80 100 2 pcs.. D–F7NTL [Stainless Steel Mounting Screw Kit] The following stainless steel mounting screw kit (including nuts) is available to meet special operating environment conditions. 45. 100 10. D–J79 D–F7V. 15. 45. of auto switches D-F7V D-J79C D-F9 D-F9V 1 pc. 25.5MPa Specifications • 3. 50. 30. 10. 30. 20. they are mounted on the cylinder with stainless steel screws. D–J79C D–F7W. 80. 25. Male thread Thread tolerance JIS class 2 Stroke length tolerance +1. 25. 30. 15. 100 10. 20.5 x 8l) D–A7. 50. 10. 50 5. 45. Action Double acting/Single rod Fluid Hydraulic fluid Nominal pressure 3. 30. D–F7BA D–F7F.3MPa Without auto switch: –10° to 80°C Ambient and fluid temperature With auto switch: –10° to 60°C Piston speed 8 to 100mm/s Cushion None Rod end thread Standard: Female thread. 15. 75. 40. 75. 35.) Stainless steel mounting screw kit: BBA2 for D-A7. (Please note that auto switch spacers are not included and must be ordered separately. 35. 75. D–A80C D–A7H. 100 • Switch mounting nut Solid State Switches D–F7. 40. 45. 25. 10.5MPa Proof pressure 5. the aove mounting screw kits BBA2 are automatically included with the switches. 40.5MPa Minimum operating pressure 0. • Auto switch mounting does not affect overall length. 15. 35. 40. 20. 15. 20. 45.0MPa Maximum allowable pressure 3. 35. D–A80 20 BQ – 1 • Square nut D–A73C. 100 10. 5 10 15 10 20 15 20 Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part Nos.5MPa hydraulic cylinder with short overall length • Makes more compact jigs and equipment a reality • Auto switch can be mounted. 50 D–A79W BQ – 2 • Switch spacer 63. Standard Strokes Bore size (mm) to Made Order Standard strokes (mm) 20 32 40 50 63 80 100 Page 34 JIS symbol 5. 15. 40. D–A80H • Switch mounting screw (M3 x 0.Series CH QB Compact Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod: 3. 45.0 0 Mounting type Basic type Mounting mm Through hole Note) Refer to page 136 for definitions of terms related to pressure. 20. 40. 40. 20. 45. 30. and D-J7 auto switches When a cylinder is ordered with waterproof type D-F7BAL switches. 35. Note Applicable Auto Switches Reed Switches • Switch mounting screw (M3 x 0. 50. 100 5. 30. 50. 40. 20. 25. 75. 75. Bore sizes (mm) Mounting bracket part no.5 x 10l) 32. 35. 26 . D-A8. 25. 100 10. 50. 100 Note) Consult with SMC regarding the manufacture of strokes other than the above. Hydraulic Fluid Compatibility Minimum Strokes for Auto Switch Mounting (mm) Hydraulic fluid Standard mineral hydraulic fluid Compatibility Compatible W/O hydraulic fluid Compatible O/W hydraulic fluid Compatible Water/Glycol hydraulic fluid Not compatible Phosphate hydraulic fluid Not compatible D-A7 D-A80 D-A73C D-A80C D-A7H D-A80H D-A9 D-A9V D-F9W D-F9WV D-F7W D-F7WV D-J79W D-F9BAL D-F7BAVL D-F7 D-J79 D-A79W D-F7BAL D-F7NTL D-F79F D-F7LF No. 5 5 10 10 15 15 20 2 pcs. 25. D-F7. 30. 15. 35. 75. D–J79W D–F7WV. 50. When the same switches are ordered seperatly. g.5 M10 x 1. the applied load must not be allowed to strike the piston rod end. then gradually increase it to the normal operating pressure.) as well. When the cylinder head side contains hydraulic fluid or is in a normally pressurized condition. ø32 to ø100: 4 pcs. strength class 10.5 4 34 7.. 5.Series CH QB Theoretical Output OUT IN Unit: N Bore size (mm) 20 32 Rod size (mm) 50 20 80 100 Piston area (mm²) 1 OUT 314 314 471 628 IN 235 235 352 470 OUT 804 804 1206 16 16 63 Operating direction 10 40 Operating pressure (MPa) 20 25 30 1. Since Series CHQB does not have an air release plug.5 3 3. When operating a cylinder for the first time. hydraulic cylinder precautions and auto switch precautions. Since a lateral load (eccentric load) cannot be applied to the piston rod. Avoid such applications. Refer to pages 135 through 141 for safety instructions. Body mounting bolt tightening torques Bore size (mm) 20 32 40 50 63 80 100 Mounting bolt Tightening torque Size M5 x 0. 8. 27 4. When mounting the cylinder body with mounting bolts. N⋅m 2 3 M5 x 0. build the mounting jig in such a way that a lateral load will not be applied to the piston rod. Make sure that the interlocking length of the rod end thread (male or female thread) and the mounting material is at least 80% of the thread diameter. use the tightening torques in the table at right as a guide.5 4 24 M10 x 1. from piping. 6.5 2 2. be sure to release the air inside the cylinder and the piping.) 2. When the air release is complete.9 or higher) for cylinder mounting. operate the cylinder at reduced pressure. Do not use two cylinders facing one another horizontally or vertically in such a way that their piston rods strike each other. 3.8 4 3 M5 x 0. Usage Caution 1.8 4 3 M6 x 1 4 6 M8 x 1. release air from other components (e.25 4 11.8 Qty. .5 785 942 1099 587 705 822 1608 2010 2412 2814 IN 603 603 904 1206 1507 1809 2110 OUT 1256 1256 1884 2512 3140 3768 4396 IN 1055 1055 1582 2110 2637 3165 3692 OUT 1963 1963 2944 3926 4907 5889 6870 IN 1649 1649 2473 3298 4122 4947 5771 OUT 3117 3117 4675 6234 7792 9351 10909 IN 2803 2803 4204 5606 7007 OUT 5026 5026 7539 10052 12565 15078 17591 IN 4535 4535 6802 9070 11337 13605 15872 OUT 7853 7853 11779 15706 19632 23559 27485 IN 7147 7147 10720 14294 17867 21441 25014 8409 9810 Theoretical output (N) = Pressure (MPa) x Piston area (mm²) Weights Unit: g Cylinder stroke (mm) Bore size (mm) 20 32 40 50 63 80 100 5 75 100 Male thread additional weight 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 — — 10 330 350 370 390 410 430 450 470 490 510 610 710 52 480 500 520 540 560 580 600 620 640 660 760 860 52 — 860 890 920 950 980 1010 1040 1070 1100 1250 1400 100 — 1250 1290 1330 1370 1410 1450 1490 1530 1570 1770 1970 100 — 2380 2470 2560 2650 2740 2830 2920 3010 3100 3550 4000 172 — 3520 3630 3740 3850 3960 4070 4180 4290 4400 4950 5500 283 Specific Product Precautions Be sure to read before handling. Use hexagon socket head cap screws (JISB1176. (ø20: 2 pcs. etc. 5MPa Series CH QB Mounting Bolts for CHQB Mounting: Through hole type mounting bolts are available.5 D 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 160 185 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 165 190 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 170 195 Mounting bolt M8 x 95l x 100l x 105l x 110l x 115l x 120l x 125l x 130l x 135l x 160l x 185l M10 x 100l x 105l x 110l x 115l x 120l x 125l x 130l x 135l x 140l x 165l x 190l M10 x 105l x 110l x 115l x 120l x 125l x 130l x 135l x 140l x 145l x 170l x 195l M6 x 90l x 95l x 100l x 105l x 110l x 115l x 120l x 125l x 130l x 155l x 180l 28 .5 –40D (M) –45D (M) –50D (M) –75D (M) –100D (M) CHQB100 –10D (M) –15D (M) –20D (M) –25D (M) –30D (M) –35D (M) –40D (M) –45D (M) –50D (M) –75D (M) –100 (M) 13.5 –40D (M) –45D (M) –50D (M) –75D (M) –100D (M) CHQB80 –10D (M) –15D (M) –20D (M) –25D (M) –30D (M) –35D (M) 14. Example: M5 x 50l 4 pcs.Compact Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod: 3. How to order: Add "Bolt" in front of the bolts to be used. Mounting bolt diagram Mounting bolt C D Model CH QB20 C –5D (M) –10D (M) –15D (M) –20D (M) –25D (M) –30D (M) 7 –35D (M) –40D (M) –45D (M) –50D (M) CH QB32 –5D (M) –10D (M) –15D (M) –20D (M) –25D (M) –30D (M) –35D (M) –40D (M) –45D (M) –50D (M) –75D (M) –100D (M) CH QB40 –5D (M) –10D (M) –15D (M) –20D (M) –25D (M) –30D (M) –35D (M) –40D (M) –45D (M) –50D (M) –75D (M) –100D (M) CH QB50 –10D (M) –15D (M) –20D (M) –25D (M) –30D (M) –35D (M) –40D (M) –45D (M) –50D (M) –75D (M) –100D (M) 7 10 12 D Mounting bolt Model 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 140 165 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 145 170 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 155 180 M5 x 55l CHQB63 –10D (M) –15D (M) x 60l x 65l x 70l x 75l x 80l x 85l x 90l x 95l x 100l M5 x 70l x 75l x 80l x 85l x 90l x 95l x 100l x 105l x 110l x 115l x 140l x 165l M5 x 75l x 80l x 85l x 90l x 95l x 100l x 105l x 110l x 115l x 120l x 145l x 170l C –20D (M) –25D (M) –30D (M) –35D (M) 15. 11 and 13 from the chart at left ∗ Seal kits consist of items 9. Description Material Note 1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Black anodized 2 Head cover Aluminum alloy Black anodized 3 Cylinder tube Aluminum alloy Hard anodized 4 Piston rod ø20: Stainless steel ø32 to ø100: Carbon steel Hard chromium electroplated 5 Piston Aluminum alloy Chromated 6 Bushing 7 Wear ring 8 Snap ring (ø20 only) 9 Scraper NBR 10 Rod seal NBR 11 Piston seal NBR 12 Piston gasket NBR 13 Tube gasket NBR 14 Rubber magnet 15 Rod end nut 29 Copper alloy Resin Carbon tool steel Black zinc chromated NBR Carbon steel Nickel plated Bore size (mm) Seal kit no. 10. 10. Kit components 20 32 40 50 63 80 100 CHQ20-PS CHQ32-PS CHQ40-PS CHQ50-PS CHQ63-PS CHQ80-PS CHQ100-PS Nos. . 11 and 13 and can be ordered by using the seal kit number for each bore size. 9.Series CH QB Construction CHQB20 Rod end male thread CHQB32 to CHQB100 Rod end male thread Replacement parts: Seal kits Parts list No. • The values shown inside ( ) are for switches other than types D-A7 and D-A8.5 depth 13.25 23 32 27 30 16 M14 x 1.5 67.5 156 6.5 69 5 14 8. (mm) O P S U Z 9 depth 7 Rc 1/8 58.5 14 50 32 35 20 M18 x 1. U∗ Min.5 depth 13.5 Rc 3/8 132.75 103 7 18 11 60 80 100 89 20 25 98 28 M16 x 2 132 6 22 11 100 107 95 24 30 117 29 M20 x 2. ∗ S and U dimensions for connector type auto switches (D-A7C.5 26 Bore size (mm) A B C D E F H I J K L M N 32 73.5 67 12 16 52 22 M10 x 1.5 26 12 Rod end male threads (mm) Bore size (mm) C X D H 20 15.5 52 26 L K 8 30 .5MPa Series CH QB Dimensions ø20 Min.5 18 10 M8 x 1.5 9 depth 7 Rc 1/8 66 35 14 6. U F F Connector type Approx.5 14 40 27 30 16 M14 x 1.5 51 22 100 37 40 30 M26 x 1.5 40 50 87 76 15 20 64 25 M12 x 1.5 31.5 Rc 1/4 93 47.75 86 7 18 11 50 63 91 80 15 20 77 27 M12 x 1.5 Rc 3/8 112. D-A80C.5 34 5.5 57.5 38.5 H 2-ø5.5 60 4. bending radius of lead wire 10 K M E S∗ Auto switch 26 13 øD Z M E Connector auto switch 10 (11) 20 (22) øI L J B + Stroke A + Stroke Note) • This drawings above show type D-A7 and D-A8 reed switches. bending radius of lead wire 10 20 (22) 10 (11) M6 x 1 with effective thread depth 8 Rod end male thread øD 48 ø10 24.5 40 75.5 14 8.5 through 4-ø9 counter bore depth 7 36 2-Rc 1/8 (port size) 8 36 47 K C X 20 14 50 + Stroke 55 + Stroke 5 L 2-P (port size) ø32 to ø100 H with effective thread depth C 4-øN through hole 8-øO counter bore Approx.5 38.5 65 12 16 45 20 M10 x 1.5 14 5.6 11 depth 8 Rc 1/4 80 41 19 9 14 depth 10.5 26 94 11 17.5 46 18 80 37 40 25 M22 x 1. and D-J79C) are 7mm greater.5 46 18 63 32 35 20 M18 x 1.Compact Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod: 3.5 19 77 11 17. 5 24.5 38 27. U B A B A B A B A B SMC Approx. U D-A73C D-A80C D-J79C Approx.5 34 29 31 26 38 33 32.5 27.Series CH QB Auto Switch Specifications Refer to "Auto Switch Guide" CAT. U SMC D-A79W D-F7WV D-F7V D-F7BAVL A B Proper auto switch mounting positions D-A7 D-A80 Bore size (mm) 31 D-A7H.5 35. D-J79W D-F7BA D-A79W (mm) D-F7F D-A9 D-A9V D-F9 D-F9V D-F9W D-F9WV D-F9BAL D-F7NTL A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B 20 20.5 31.5 46.5 25.5 20.5 39 30 63 33.5 30 41 30.5 24. Auto Switches: Proper Mounting Positions and Mounting Heights for Stroke End Detection ø20 ø32 to ø100 Approx. U D-A7 D-A80 Approx.5 20.5 35.5 24.5 34.D-A80C A B Approx.5 23.5 29 43.E 274-A for detailed specifications. D-A80H D-A73C.5 28.5 50 33.5 39.5 25 22 29 26 28 25 31.5 33 42.5 36.5 28.5 45 33 42 30 49 37 43.5 26 19 30 23 29 22 32.5 30.5 30.5 11. D-A80C D-F7 D-F7V D-F7W.5 31. U SMC D-A7H D-A80H D-F7 D-J79 D-F7W D-J79W D-F7F D-F7NTL D-F7BAL A Approx.5 32 46 35.5 34 25 31 22 38 29 32.5 27.5 47.5 40 26 23 26.5 32.5 27.5 39 34 80 40.D-A80C D-A7*C. U SMC Approx. U D-A7*C.5 23.5 36.5 50 38 .5 21 12 18 9 25 16 — — — — — — 26 17 32 27 20 27.5 26.5 35. U A B Approx.5 45 34.5 23.5 100 44. D-F7WV D-J79 D-J79C.5 17.5 31. 5 30 50 41 42 48 44.5MPa Series CH QB B ø32 to ø100 D-A9 D-F9 D-F9W A Approx.5 36 63 47.5 25.Compact Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod: 3. U B D-F9BAL A Auto switch mounting heights Bore size D-A7 D-A80 (mm) D-A7H D-A80H D-J79 D-J79W D-F7 D-F7F D-F7NTL D-F7BAL D-F7W (mm) D-A73C D-A80C D-F7WV D-F7V D-F7BAVL D-J79C D-A79W D-A9V D-F9V D-F9WV D-F9BAL U U U U U U 28 31 27 — — — U U U 20 24.5 58.5 32 .5 32.5 40 35 36 42 38.5 71 74 70 60 62 59.5 38.5 100 67.5 51 54 50 40 42 39.5 31.5 74.5 54.5 41.5 80 57.5 61 64 60 50 52 49.5 38.5 35 38 34 27 29 26.5 32 31.5 64.5 48.5 68.5 37.5 30.5 32.5 36.5 43. U B D-A9V D-F9V D-F9WV A Approx.5 47. ø20 ø32 to ø100 Auto switch mounting screw (M3 x 0.Series CH QB Auto Switch Mounting Mount auto switches in accordance with the procedures shown in the figures below.5 x 8l) Auto switch mounting screw (M3 x 0.5 x 10l) Set screw Auto switch spacer Square nut Auto switch mounting nut 33 . 80. Model CHQB Action Double acting/Single rod Bore size 32.Series CH QB Made to Order Specifications Contact SMC for detailed specifications. it is possible to shorten the overall length and reduce the mounting space by using a special body that does not have spacers installed.5 67 75. lead times. 63. to Made r Orde Symbol 1 Intermediate Strokes (Using Special Body) CH QB Bore size Stroke -XB10 Specifications XB10 Intermediate stroke (using special body) When using an intermediate stroke other than the compact hydraulic cylinder (Series CHQB) standard strokes. 100mm Mounting Through hole Auto switch Other specifications Mountable Same as standard double acting single rod Dimensions B + Stroke A + Stroke (mm) Bore size (mm) 32 40 50 63 80 100 A B 55 to 100mm strokes 55 to 100mm strokes 65 73. and prices. 34 .5 76 87 80 91 89 100 95 107 Notes) • Dimensions other than the above are the same as the standard double acting single rod type. • Applicable strokes are available in 5mm increments. 40. 50. 12V 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire 24V AC 5V — — Grommet Yes Connector Solid state switch — Yes — Connector Female thread Male thread Refer to "Auto Switch Guide" CAT.. "n" pcs. L (Example) A80CL None .) — Grommet 5V..5m . ø80.. 12V 2-wire 12V 3-wire (NPN) 5V. ø100 How to Order With Auto Switch CHQ W B 50 CHDQ W B 50 30 D 30 D A72 With auto switch (built-in magnet) Number of auto switches Nil S n Model: Double acting/Double rod Mounting: Basic type Auto switch type Nil Bore size 20 32 40 50 63 80 100 20mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 63mm 80mm 100mm Refer to the standard stroke table on page 36.. 3-wire (NPN equiv. 35 Without auto switch (built-in magnetic) ∗ Select applicable auto switch models from the table below. Nil (Example) A80C 5m .. ø40.Compact Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Double Rod CH QWB Series 3.5 (Nil) 3 (L) 5 None (Z) (N) — — — — Applicable load — — IC circuit — — — — — IC circuit Relay PLC — IC circuit A79W — — — — — F7NV F7PV F7BV J79C F7NWV F79 F7P J79 F9NV F9PV F9BV F9N F9P F9B — F79W — — — — — F9NWV F9NW — — — — — — — — — — — F7PW — — — F7BWV J79W F9PWV F9BWV F9PW F9BW F7BAV F7BA — F9BA — — — F7NT — — — — — F79F — — — — F7LF — — — — IC circuit — IC circuit IC circuit Relay PLC — IC circuit 4-wire (NPN) — ∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0... ø50.. ø32.. 12V 100V or less — 12V 5V. N (Example) A80CN Note) Solid state switches marked "" are produced upon receipt of order.. Action: Double acting Rod end thread type Type Indicator light Applicable Auto Switches: Electrical entry Load voltage Wiring (output) DC Reed switch Diagnostic indication (2-color display) — No Yes No Grommet Diagnostic indication (2-color display) Water resistant (2-color display) With timer Diagnostic indication (2-color display) Latch type with diagnostic output (2-color display) 2-wire 24V Yes Grommet — 200V 12V 100V 5V. Cylinder stroke (mm) Nil M Special function 2 pcs... 12V 12V 3-wire (NPN) 5V. ø63.. 1 pc.... Refer to pages 117 and 118 for auto switch circuit diagrams..5MPa ø20... E274-A for further details on each auto switch. — ....... 12V — — Auto switch type Rail mount Direct mount ø20 to ø100 ø32 to ø100 Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line A96V A96 A76H — — — A72H A72 — — A73H A73 A93V A93 — — A80 A73C A80C A80H A90V A90 — — — — — — Lead wire length (m)∗ 0. Z (Example) A80CZ 3 m ... 12V 24V or less 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 5V. 100 10. 25. 75. 35. 50.3MPa Minimum operating pressure Without auto switch: –10° to 80°C Ambient and fluid temperature With auto switch: –10° to 60°C Piston speed 8 to 100mm/s Cushion None Rod end thread Standard: Female thread. D-A8. 15. of auto switches D-F7V D-J79C D-F9 D-F9V D-A7 D-A80 D-A73C D-A80C D-A7H D-A80H D-A9 D-A9V D-F9BAL D-F7WV D-F9W D-F9WV D-F7W D-J79W D-F7BAVL 1 pc.. 75. 45. 25. 100 10. 25.5 x 10l) • Switch spacer • Switch mounting nut Applicable auto switches Reed switches Solid state switches D-A7. (Please note that auto switch spacers are not included and must be ordered separately. 40. 30. Standard Strokes Standard strokes (mm) Bore size (mm) 20 32 40 50 63 80 100 JIS symbol Double acting/Double rod 5. 40. 35. 40. 20. 5 5 2 pcs. and D-J7 When a cylinder is ordered with waterproof type D-F7BAL switches. • Auto switch mounting does not affect overall length. 40.5 x 8l) • Square nut • Switch mounting screw (M3 x 0. 15. 100 BQ-2 Note • Switch mounting screw (M3 x 0. 20. 50. D-J79 D-F7V. 100 10. 10. the aove mounting screw kits BBA2 are automatically included with the switches. D-A80H D-A79W D-F7. 30. 75. 45. 35. 30. 25. 50. D-F7NTL [Stainless Steel Mounting Screw Kits] The following stainless steel mounting screw kit (including nuts) is available to meet special operating environment conditions. 15. 20. 40.5MPa hydraulic cylinder with short overall length • Makes more compact jigs and equipment a reality • Auto switch can be mounted. 45. 50.) Stainless steel mounting screw kit: BBA2 for D-A7. 40. 75. 30. 30. 75. 20 BQ-1 32. 45. 20. 25. 20.5MPa Series CH QWB Specifications • 3. 35. Bore size (mm) Mounting bracket no. When the same switches are ordered seperatly. 35. 35. 35. D-J79C D-F7W. 45. 25. D-F7BA D-F7F. D-J79W D-F7WV. Male thread Thread tolerance JIS class 2 Stroke length tolerance + 1. 10. 15.5MPa 0. D-A80 D-A73C. 100 5. Double acting/Double rod Action Hydraulic fluid Fluid Nominal pressure 3. 50. 45. 80. D-F7. Hydraulic Fluid Compatibility Minimum Strokes for Auto Switch Mounting (mm) Hydraulic fluid Standard mineral hydraulic fluid W/O hydraulic fluids O/W hydraulic fluids Compatibility No. 10. they are mounted on the cylinder with stainless steel screws. 75. 20. 36 . 30. 5 10 Compatible Compatible Compatible Water/Glycol hydraulic fluids Not compatible Phosphate hydraulic fluids Not compatible D-F7BAL D-F7NTL D-F79F D-F7 D-J79 D-A79W 10 10 15 15 20 15 10 20 15 20 D-F7LF Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part Nos.0 0 Mounting type Basic type Mounting mm Through hole Note) Refer to page 136 for definitions of terms related to pressure. 15. 50 5. 30.0MPa Maximum allowable pressure 3. 20. 100 10. 100 Note ) Consult with SMC regarding the manufacture of strokes other than the above. 15. 40. D-A80C D-A7H. 25. 45.5MPa Proof pressure 5. 40.Compact Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Double Rod: 3. 50 63. 15. 50. 5 4 24 M10 x 1. Usage Caution 1. Use care. use tightening torques in the table below as a guide. 3.8 4 3 M6 x 1 4 6 M8 x 1.) 2. 6. Body mounting bolt tightening torques Bore size (mm) 20 32 40 50 63 80 100 Mounting bolt Size No. . and auto switch precautions. 37 5. Tightening torque N⋅m M5 x 0. ø32 to ø100: 4pcs. as damage may occur if rotational force is applied to both ends of the piston rod. Avoid such applications.25 4 11.8 4 3 M5 x 0. strength class 10. be sure to use the wrench flats of the rod on the side where the threads are being tightened.) as well. hydraulic cylinder precautions. from piping. Make sure that the interlocking length of the rod end threads (male or female thread) and the mounting material is at least 80% of the thread diameter. 8. the load should not be allowed to strike the piston rod end.Series CH QWB Theoretical Output Unit: N Bore size (mm) Operating pressure (MPa) Rod size Piston (mm) area (mm²) 20 32 40 50 63 80 100 1.5 M10 x 1.9 or higher) for cylinder mounting. Since a lateral load (eccentric load) cannot be applied to the piston rod. 9.5 3 3. etc. (ø20: 2pcs.5 1 2 2. then gradually increase it to the normal operating pressure. Be sure to release the air inside the cylinder and the piping before operating the cylinder for the first time.5 4 34 7. Refer to pages 135 through 141 for safety instructions. When the cylinder head contains fluid or is in a normally pressurized condition. Use hexagon socket head cap screws (JISB1176.g.5 10 235 235 352 470 587 705 822 16 603 603 904 1206 1507 1809 2110 16 1055 1055 1582 2110 2637 3165 3692 20 1649 1649 2473 3298 4122 4947 5771 20 2803 2803 4204 5606 7007 8409 9810 25 4535 4535 6802 9070 11337 13605 15872 30 7147 7147 10720 14294 17867 21441 25014 Theoretical output (N) = Pressure (MPa) x Piston area (mm²) Weights Unit: g Cylinder strokes (mm) Bore size (mm) 20 32 40 50 63 80 100 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 205 230 255 280 305 330 355 380 405 430 — — 20 410 445 480 515 550 585 620 655 690 725 900 1075 104 605 640 675 710 745 780 815 850 570 75 Male thread 100 additional weight 885 1060 1235 104 — 1030 1080 1130 1180 1230 1280 1330 1380 1430 1680 1930 200 — 1430 1485 1540 1595 1650 1705 1760 1815 1870 2145 2420 200 — 2680 2805 2930 3055 3180 3305 3430 3555 3680 4305 4930 344 — 4075 4235 4395 4555 4715 4875 5035 5195 5355 6155 6955 566 Specific Product Precautions Be sure to read before handling. build your mounting jig in such a way that a lateral load will not be applied to the piston rod. 4. When tightening the piston rod end threads. When mounting the cylinder body with mounting bolts. Since Series CHQWB does not have an air release plug. operate the cylinder at reduced pressure.8 2 3 M5 x 0. release air from components other than the cylinder (e. When the air release is complete. Do not use two cylinders facing one another horizontally or vertically in such a way that their piston rods strike each other. 5 D Mounting bolt 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 160 185 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 165 190 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 170 195 M8 x 95l x 100l x 105l x 110l x 115l x 120l x 125l x 130l x 135l x 160l x 185l M10 x 100l x 105l x 110l x 115l x 120l x 125l x 130l x 135l x 140l x 165l x 190l M10 x 105l x 110l x 115l x 120l x 125l x 130l x 135l x 140l x 145l x 170l x 195l x 170l M6 x 90l x 95l x 100l x 105l x 110l x 115l x 120l x 125l x 130l x 155l x 180l 38 .5 –40D (M) x 110l x 80l x 85l x 90l x 95l x 100l x 105l x 110l C CHQWB63 –10D (M) –15D (M) –20D (M) CHQWB80 –10D (M) –15D (M) –20D (M) –25D (M) –30D (M) –35D (M) –40D (M) –45D (M) –50D (M) –75D (M) –100D (M) CHQWB100 –10D (M) –15D (M) –20D (M) –25D (M) –30D (M) –35D (M) –40D (M) –45D (M) –50D (M) –75D (M) –100D (M) 14. Mounting bolt diagram Mounting bolt C D Mounting bolts C Model CHQWB20 –5D (M) –10D (M) –15D (M) –20D (M) –25D (M) –30D (M) 10 –35D (M) –40D (M) –45D (M) –50D (M) CHQWB32 –5D (M) –10D (M) –15D (M) –20D (M) –25D (M) –30D (M) –35D (M) –40D (M) –45D (M) –50D (M) –75D (M) –100D (M) CHQWB40 –5D (M) –10D (M) –15D (M) –20D (M) –25D (M) –30D (M) –35D (M) –40D (M) 7 10 –45D (M) –50D (M) –75D (M) –100D (M) CH QWB50 –10D (M) –15D (M) –20D (M) –25D (M) –30D (M) –35D (M) –40D (M) –45D (M) –50D (M) –75D (M) –100D (M) 12 D 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 140 165 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 145 170 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 155 180 Mounting bolt M5 x 65l x 70l x 75l Model x 80l x 85l –25D (M) x 90l x 95l –35D (M) x 100l x 105l –45D (M) –30D (M) –50D (M) –75D (M) M5 x 70l x 75l x 80l x 85l x 90l x 95l x 100l x 105l x 110l x 115l x 140l x 165l M5 x 70l –100D (M) x 115l x 120l x 145l 15.Compact Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Double Rod: 3. How to order: Add "Bolt" in front of the bolts to be used.5MPa Series CH QWB Mounting Bolts for CHQWB Mounting: Through hole type mounting bolts are available.5 13. Example: M5 x 50l 4pcs. Series CH QWB Construction CHQWB20 Rod end male thread CHQWB32 to CHQWB100 Rod end male thread Parts list No. . 11 and 13 from the chart at left ∗ Seal kits consist of items 9. which can be ordered by using the seal kit number for each bore size. 9. Replacement parts: Seal kits Description Material Note Black anodized Bore size (mm) Seal kit no. Aluminum alloy 1 Rod cover 2 Cylinder tube Aluminum alloy Hard anodized 20 CHQW20-PS Hard chromium electroplated 32 CHQW32-PS Piston rod A ø20: Stainless steel ø32 to ø100: Carbon steel 40 CHQW40-PS ø20: Stainless steel ø32 to ø100: Carbon steel Hard chromium electroplated 50 CHQW50-PS 63 CHQW63-PS Aluminum alloy Chromated 80 CHQW80-PS 100 CHQW100-PS 3 4 Piston rod B 5 Piston 6 Bushing 7 Snap ring (ø20 only) Carbon tool steel 8 Spring pin Carbon tool steel Copper alloy 9 Scraper NBR 10 Rod seal NBR 11 Piston seal NBR 12 Piston gasket NBR 13 Tube gasket NBR 14 Rubber magnet 15 Rod end nut 39 Black zinc chromated NBR Carbon steel Nickel plated Kit components Nos. 10. 10. 11 and 13. 5 14 40 27 30 16 M14 x 1.5 67.5 57.5 46 18 80 37 40 25 M22 x 1.5 14 50 32 35 20 M18 x 1.Series CH QWB Compact Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Double Rod: 3. • The values shown inside ( ) are for switches other than types D-A7 and D-A8.5 26 (mm) Rod end male threads Bore size (mm) C X D 20 15.5 31.5 40 50 98 76 15 20 64 25 M12 x 1.5 19 77 11 17.5 156 6. D-A80C.5 26 94 11 17.5 60 4.5 38.5 depth 13.5 34 5.5 M 36 2-ø5.6 11 depth 8 Rc 1/4 80 41 19 9 14 depth 10.5 46 18 63 32 35 20 M18 x 1.5 69 5 14 8.5 14 5.75 103 7 18 11 60 80 111 89 20 25 98 28 M16 x 2 132 6 22 11 100 119 95 24 30 117 29 M20 x 2.5 14 8. ∗ S and U dimensions for connector type auto switches (D-A7C.5 26 12 O P S U Z 9 depth 7 Rc 1/8 58. U∗ Min.25 L 23 K 8 40 .5 40 84 67 12 16 52 22 M10 x 1.5MPa Dimensions ø20 Min. bending 20 (22) radius of lead wire 10 10 (11) M6 x 1 with effective thread depth 8 Rod end male threads M øD øD 48 ø10 ø10 24.5 Rc 1/4 93 47.5 through 4-ø9 counter bore depth 7 8 36 47 20 2-Rc 1/8 (port size) 5 20 57 + Stroke 67 + 2 strokes C X L 5 + Stroke C X L + Stroke ø32 to ø100 H with effective thread depth C 4-øN through hole 8-øO counter bore Approx. U F 2-P (port size) F Approx.5 52 26 H M8 x 1. bending radius of lead wire 10 K M E S∗ Auto switch 26 13 øD Z M E øD Connector auto switch 10 (11) 20 (22) øI L J L + Stroke B + Stroke A + 2 strokes Note) • The drawings above show type D-A7 and D-A8 reed switches.5 Rc 3/8 132.5 51 22 100 37 40 30 M26 x 1.5 depth 13. (mm) Bore size (mm) A B C D E F H I J K L M N 32 82 65 12 16 45 20 M10 x 1.5 9 depth 7 Rc 1/8 66 35 14 6. and D-J79C) are 7mm greater.75 86 7 18 11 50 63 102 80 15 20 77 27 M12 x 1.5 38.5 Rc 3/8 112.5 18 10 32 27 30 16 M14 x 1. 5 46 36 100 44. D-J79W D-F7BA D-A79W (mm) D-F7F D-A9 D-A9V D-F9 D-F9V D-F9W D-F9WV D-F9BAL D-F7NTL A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B 20 20.5 23.5 50 38 .5 21. U B A B A B A B A B SMC Approx. U SMC D-A79W D-F7WV D-F7V D-F7BAVL A B Proper auto switch mounting positions D-A7 D-A80 Bore size (mm) 41 D-A7H.5 42.5 21 19 18 16 25 23 — — — — — — 26 24 32 25.5 47.5 45 33 42 30 49 37 43.5 33 27 50 33.5 29.5 23.5 36.5 28 22 25 19 32 26 26.5 31.5 35.5 20. U Approx.5 31 27 40 27.5 25. U SMC Approx.5 30.5 18.5 28.5 41 32 80 40.5 32.E 274-A for detailed specifications.5 30.5 34.Series CH QWB Auto Switch Specifications Refer to "Auto Switch Guide" CAT.5 26 22 23 19 30 26 24. Auto Switches: Proper Mounting Positions and Mounting Heights for Stroke End Detection ø20 ø32 to ø100 Approx.5 24. U D-A73C D-A80C D-J79C Approx.5 46. D-A80H D-A73C. D-A80C D-F7 D-F7V.5 33.5 37. U A B A B Approx.5 43.5 24.5 26.5 41 31 38 28 45 35 39.5 27. U SMC D-A7H D-A80H D-F7 D-J79 D-F7W D-J79W D-F7F D-F7NTL D-F7BAL A Approx.5 35.5 28.5 23. D-F7W D-F7WV D-J79 D-J79C.5 27.5 39 30 63 35.5 20.5 38.5 29.5 29.5 21.5 32.5 36 27 33 24 40 31 34.5 24.5 26.5 34 25 31 22 38 29 32. U D-A7 D-A80 Approx. 5 80 57.5 68.5 54. U B D-A9V D-F9V D-F9WV A Approx.5 40 35 36 42 38.5 43.5MPa Series CH QWB B ø32 to ø100 D-A9 D-F9 D-F9W A Approx.5 64.5 100 67.5 32 31.5 36 63 47.5 35 38 34 27 29 26.5 61 64 60 50 52 49.5 38.5 47.5 32. U B D-F9BAL A Auto switch mounting heights Bore size (mm) D-A7 D-A80 D-A7H D-A80H D-J79 D-J79W D-F7 D-F7F D-F7NTL D-F7BAL D-F7W (mm) D-A73C D-A80C D-F7WV D-F7V D-F7BAVL D-J79C D-A79W D-A9V D-F9V D-F9WV D-F9BAL U U U U U U 28 31 27 — — — U U U 20 24.5 30 50 41 42 48 44.5 32.5 48.5 51 54 50 40 42 39.5 38.5 74.5 30.5 25.5 31.5 71 74 70 60 62 59.5 36.5 42 .5 58.Compact Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Double Rod: 3.5 37.5 41. 5 x 8l) ø32 to ø100 Auto switch mounting screw (M3 x 0. ø20 Auto switch mounting screw (M3 x 0.5 x 10l) Set screw Auto switch spacer Square nut Auto switch mounting nut 43 .Series CH QWB Auto Switch Mounting Mount auto switches in accordance with the procedures shown in the figures below. 44 . . 200V A44 3-wire (NPN equiv. 12V 3-wire (NPN) 12V 2-wire 3-wire (NPN) 24V 5V. 12V 24V or less C80C A33 — 12V A34 12V 100V. 12V — — — — — — — — — — — — Applicable load IC circuit — — PLC — IC circuit Relay PLC — IC circuit — — — — PLC Relay PLC IC circuit — IC circuit — IC circuit Relay PLC — IC circuit 4-wire (NPN) Latch type with diagnostic output (2-color display) ∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0..) — Yes — (Example) (Example) (Example) (Example) C73C C73CL C73CZ C73CN 2 pcs. ø40 How to Order With Auto Switch CHM L 25 100 CHDM L 25 100 C73 With auto switch (built-in magnet) Number of auto switches Nil S n Mounting types B L F G C Basic type Axial foot type Front flange type Rear flange type Single clevis type Bore size 20 25 32 40 Auto switch type Nil 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm Without auto switch ∗ Select applicable auto switch models from the table below. E274-A for further details on each auto switch. .... ø25... Cylinder stroke (mm) Refer to the standard stroke table on page 46.......Round Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder Series CH M 3..5MPa ø20... Z None ..... L 5m . Type Load voltage Wiring (output) DC Reed switch Grommet — No Yes No Yes Connector No 2-wire Terminal conduit DIN terminal Diagnostic indication (2-color display) — Yes Grommet Solid state switch Connector Terminal conduit Diagnostic indication (2-color display) Water resistant (2-color display) With timer With diagnostic output (2-color display) — — — — — — — — — B59W — — H7A1 H7A2 H7B H7C G39 K39 H7NW H7PW H7BW — — — — — — — — — — — — H7BA — — G5NT — — H7NF — H7LF — 45 5V. D-A44. ø32.5m . 12V 2-wire 12V 12V 3-wire (NPN) 5V.. 12V Yes 3-wire (PNP) Grommet 3 (L) 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire Lead wire length (m)∗ 0. N 5 None (Z) (N) — 5V. • Do not indicate lead wire length symbol N (none) for types D-A3. Special function Electrical entry Indicator light Applicable Auto Switches: Refer to pages 117 and 118 for auto switch circuit diagrams.. — Notes) • Solid state switches marked "" are produced upon receipt of order..... Nil 3m .... 12V 100V or less C80 24V — C73C 12V 5V. 1 pc. "n" pcs. Refer to "Auto Switch Guide" CAT. D-G-39 or D-K39.5 (Nil) 5V — Grommet AC Auto switch type C76 B53 B54 12V 200V or less B64 100V C73 5V. Axial foot type Rear flange type. D-K5 D-A3. D-G5. the above stainless steel screws are used. When the same switch is ordered separately.) Stainless steel mounting screw kit: BBA3 for D-B5.) Front Single Rear flange type flange type clevis type (1 pc. D-B6. D-B6 D-G5.0MPa 3. 46 .5MPa Series CH M Specifications • Light aluminum body Action Double acting/Single rod Fluid Nominal pressure Proof pressure Maximum allowable pressure Minimum operating pressure • Auto switch can be mounted.3MPa Without auto switch: –10° to 80°C Ambient and fluid temperature With auto switch: –10° to 60°C Piston speed Cushion Rod end thread Thread tolerance 8 to 300mm/s None Male thread JIS class 2 +1.) (2 pcs. D-A4 20 BMA2-020 BA-01 BD1-01M 25 BMA2-025 BA-02 BD1-02M 32 BMA2-032 BA-32 BD1-02 40 BMA2-040 BA-04 BD1-04M [Stainless Steel Mounting Screw Kit] The following stainless steel mounting screw kit (including nuts) is available to meet special operating environment conditions. Compatible Water/Glycol hydraulic fluid Not compatible Phosphate hydraulic fluid Not compatible Please consult with SMC regarding the manufacture of strokes other than the above. D-C8. Hydraulic fluid 3.4 0 mm Stroke length tolerance Basic type.) (1 pc. Hydraulic Fluid Compatibility Standard stroke (mm) 25 to 800 Hydraulic fluid Compatibility Standard mineral hydraulic fluid Compatible W/O hydraulic fluid Compatible O/W hydraulic fluid ∗ Orders of the standard strokes above can be supplied with a minimum lead time. Mounting Bracket Part Nos.5MPa 0. (Please note that auto switch mounting bands are not included and must be ordered separately.) — Rod end nut Clevis pin Single knuckle joint — — — — — Double knuckle joint (with pin) Knuckle bracket Standard Strokes Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40 Refer to page 47 regarding minimum strokes for auto switch mounting. (Band & Screw included) 32 40 Bore size (mm) Axial foot∗ CHM-L020 CHM-L025 CHM-L032 CHM-L040 Flange CHM-F020 CHM-F025 CHM-F032 CHM-F040 ∗ When ordering the axial foot type. Accessories Standard Mounting bracket Optional JIS symbol Mounting nut Basic type Foot type (2 pcs. D-C8 D-H7 D-B5. order 2 pcs. Front flange type Single clevis type Mounting type Note) Refer to page 136 for definitions of terms related to pressure. and D-K5 Stainless steel mounting screw kit: BBA4 for D-C7.0 to 250mm 0 mm 250 to 800mm +1. Auto switch models Bore size (mm) D-C7. 20 25 Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part Nos. for each cylinder.Round Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder: 3. and D-H7 When the type D-H7BAL switch is shipped already mounted on a cylinder. BBA4 screw kit is automatically included with the switches.5MPa 5. 44kg Additional weight . flange type) and operating at high speed. Different Same side sides D-C7 D-C8 15 D-H7 D-H7W D-H7BAL D-H7NF D-C73C D-C80C D-H7C 15 50 60 1 pc.. When mounting with bracket mounting nuts.55 0.).56kg Caution 1. operate the cylinder at reduced pressure. or reduce the piston speed enough so that the cylinder body does not oscillate at the stroke end. 4.. Bore size Mounting nut Mounting nut Tightening width across torque (mm) thread flats (mm) (N⋅m) M22 x 1...50 0. tighten them using the tightening torques in the table below as a guide.36 Flange type 0. Same side Different sides n–2 15 + 45 2 (n = 2. Theoretical Output Mounting Unit (N) Operating pressure (MPa) Bore size Rod size Operating Piston area (mm) (mm) direction (mm²) 20 25 32 40 10 12 16 18 1 1.5 38 85 M33 x 1. When operating a cylinder for the first time. When the air release is complete. install brackets to suppress the oscillation of the cylinder body.44 0. 6 …) n–2 20 + 50 2 (n = 2. Auto switch model "n" pcs.06/50mm Cylinder stroke .69 1.5 60 25 32 32 40 M30 x 1. 4.5 41 110 2. Air Release 15 65 D-H7LF 20 65 D-B5 D-B6 D-G5NTL 15 75 D-B59W 20 75 D-A3 D-G39 D-K39 D-A44 35 100 n–2 2 (n = 2.. 6 …) 15 + 50 10 65 + 50 (n – 2) 10 10 75 + 55 (n – 2) 15 35 + 30 (n – 2) 100 + 100 (n – 2) 10 n: Number of auto switches Caution 1.37 0..88 1..77 Additional weight per 50mm 0. then gradually increase it to the normal operating pressure. 0. 2.06 x 100/50 = 0.. 4. However.08 0. In this type of situation.5 3 3...06 0..29 0.29 0.5 OUT 314 314 471 628 785 942 1099 IN 235 235 352 470 587 705 822 OUT 490 490 735 980 1225 1470 1715 IN 377 377 565 754 942 1131 1319 OUT 804 804 1206 1608 2010 2412 2814 IN 603 603 904 1206 1507 1809 2110 OUT 1256 1256 1884 2512 3140 3768 4396 IN 1002 1002 1503 2004 2505 3006 3507 Theoretical output (N) = Pressure (MPa) x Piston area (mm²) Weights (kg) 20 25 32 40 Basic type 0.18 0. hydraulic cylinder precautions and auto switch precautions.Series CH M Minimum Strokes for Auto Switch Mounting Specific Product Precautions (mm) No.16 Basic weight Bore size (mm) 47 Calculation method (Example) CHML20–100 (Foot type ø20/100mm stroke) Basic weight . When mounted with one side attached and one side free (basic type. Since Series CHM does not have an air release valve. be sure to release the air at low pressure. release air from components other than the cylinder (e. 4. which may cause cylinder damage.g. 0. 6 …) n–2 20 + 50 2 (n = 2. Refer to pages 135 through 141 for safety instructions.. 4.20 0. etc. 6 …) n–2 15 + 50 2 (n = 2.46 0. . of auto switches 2 pcs.5 45 20 26 M24 x 1.5 2 2. from piping.82 Axial foot type 0. 100mm 0..12 0. the piston speed at this time should be adjusted to the minimum speed.. the bending moment acts on the cylinder due to oscillation at the stroke end.44 + 0..64 0.03 Clevis type 0. 6 …) 50 + 45 (n – 2) 10 60 + 45 (n – 2) 10 Be sure to read before handling.. Oil impregnated alloy Resin 9 Rod seal NBR 10 Wiper ring NBR 11 Piston seal NBR 12 Piston gasket NBR 13 Tube gasket NBR 14 Mounting nut Carbon steel Black zinc chromated 15 Rod end nut Rolled steel Nickel plated ∗ In case of cylinder bore sizes ø20 and ø25.5MPa Series CH M Construction Bore size ø20 Bore sizes ø20 & ø25 Parts list Description Material Note 1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Hard black anodized 2 Head cover Aluminum alloy Hard black anodized 3 Cylinder tube Aluminum alloy 4 Piston rod Carbon steel Hard anodized Hard chromium electroplated∗ 5 Piston Aluminum alloy Chromated 6 Bushing 7 Wear ring 8 Retainer Copper alloy No.Round Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder: 3. 48 . the piston rod material is stainless steel when equipped with auto switches. 5 1/4 108 M33 x 2 19 44 24 21 183 Axial foot type: CHML Width across flats B2 H Effective thread Width across flats B1 N GA F Rc P N GB Rc P 2-NN F H2 øI øD H1 LH A MM 4-øLD K NC X Y X S + Stroke LS + Stroke Y LT Width across flats NA NB LX LZ ZZ + Stroke (mm) Effective Bore size Stroke r-ange thread length A (mm) (mm) (mm) B1 B2 D F GA GB H H1 H2 I LD LH LS LT LX LZ MM N NA NB NC 20 to 800 15.25 13 26 19 15 25 to 800 19.5 13 36 19 15 40 to 800 21 24 24 41 18 21 14 11 54 10 11 48 7.064 5 MM P S NN N NA NB NC ZZ M8 x 1.Series CH M Dimensions Basic type: CHMB Width across flats B2 N GA H2 Rc P Rc P N GB 2-NN H1 øD 2-øIA Width across flats B1 Effective thread MM A 3 K H F NC NB S + Stroke NA øI 3 ZZ + Stroke (mm) Effective Bore size Stroke range thread length A (mm) (mm) (mm) B1 B2 D F GA GB H H1 H2 I 20 to 800 15.5 40 55 M10 x 1.064 34 f8 -0. .5 13 26 19 15 138 5.5 1/8 87 M30 x 1.5 18 13 26 10 16 12 8 41 5 8 30 25 to 800 19.5 13 28 19 15 143 7.053 31 f8 -0.5 1/8 87 23 9 172 40 M33 x 2 1/4 108 25 11 198 ∗ Foot bracket plate thickness is dimension LT + 1mm.5 M10 x 1.5 7 28 121 5.25 1/8 81 M22 x 1.025 -0.5 9 35 158 6 55 75 M16 x 1.020 -0.5 13 36 19 15 159 7.5 19 44 24 21 (mm) Bore size (mm) 49 K NN P S X Y ZZ 20 M22 x 1.5 18 13 26 10 16 12 8 41 5 8 30 5 7 25 121 5.5 22 17 32 12 16 12 8 46 6 8 32 5.5 40 55 M8 x 1.25 13 28 19 15 32 to 800 21 24 22 38 16 19 12 8 53 8 9 40 7.5 1/8 81 20 9 156 32 M30 x 1.5 1/8 81 20 9 151 25 M24 x 1.025 -0.020 -0.25 1/8 81 M24 x 1.5 M14 x 1.5 M16 x 1.5 22 17 32 12 16 12 8 46 6 8 32 32 to 800 21 24 22 38 16 19 12 8 53 8 9 40 40 to 800 21 24 24 41 18 21 14 11 54 10 11 48 IA K (tolerance) 23 f8 -0.053 25 f8 -0.5 7 30 133 6 45 60 M14 x 1. 025 -0.053 -0.053 -0.25 13 28 7.5 19 44 (mm) Bore size NB NC (mm) NN P S ZZ 20 19 15 M22 x 1.25 13 26 5.5 1/8 87 159 40 24 21 M33 x 2 1/4 108 183 50 .5 M16 x 1.5MPa Front flange type: CHMF Width across flats B2 Width across flats B1 4-øFD H2 N GA Rc P Rc P N GB 2-NN B FY øD øIA øI H1 Effective thread MM A FX FZ K H FT F NB Width across flats NA S + Stroke ZZ + Stroke NC 3 (mm) Effective Bore size Stroke range thread length A (mm) (mm) (mm) B B1 B2 D F FD FT FX FY FZ GA GB H H1 H2 I IA (tolerance) 20 to 800 15.5 1/8 81 143 32 19 15 M30 x 1.020 -0.064 K 5 MM N NA M8 x 1.020 -0.5 1/8 81 138 25 19 15 M24 x 1.025 -0.064 -0.Series CH M Round Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder: 3.5 18 38 13 26 10 16 7 6 51 21 68 12 8 41 5 8 30 23 f8 25 to 800 19.5 M10 x 1.5 M14 x 1.5 22 44 17 32 12 16 7 9 53 27 70 12 8 46 6 8 32 25 f8 32 to 800 21 24 50 22 38 16 19 7 9 55 33 72 12 8 53 8 9 40 31 f8 40 to 800 21 24 60 24 41 18 21 9 9 66 36 84 14 11 54 10 11 48 34 f8 -0.5 13 36 7. 5 M14 x 1.025 -0.5 1/8 87 159 40 24 21 M33 x 2 1/4 108 183 Single clevis type: CHMC N GA NN Rc P øCD +0.025 -0.5 M14 x 1.020 -0.053 31 f8 -0.053 -0.5 81 15 142 156.25 13 26 5.5 18 13 10 16 10 16 12 8 41 5 30 25 to 800 19.1 øI U S + Stroke RR Z + Stroke ZZ + Stroke (mm) Effective Bore size Stroke range thread length A (mm) (mm) (mm) B1 CD CX D F GA GB H H1 I 20 to 800 15.5 .2 CX –0.5 M10 x 1.064 -0.025 -0.25 13 28 7.5 M16 x 1.5 108 20 182 204.5 1/8 14.109 0 GB H1 øIA øD Width across flats B1 Rc P Effective thread MM A Width across flats NA 3 K H F NC NB –0.5 13 36 19 15 M30 x 1.053 25 f8 -0.5 22 17 10 16 12 16 12 8 46 6 32 32 to 800 21 24 22 12 16 16 19 12 8 53 8 40 40 to 800 21 24 24 12 24 18 21 14 11 54 10 48 51 IA (tolerance) 23 f8 -0.5 M10 x 1.5 1/8 18.5 18 38 13 26 10 16 7 6 51 21 68 12 8 41 5 8 30 23 f8 25 to 800 19.020 -0.5 7.25 13 26 19 15 M22 x 1.5 1/8 81 143 32 19 15 M30 x 1.5 5.064 K 5 MM N NA M8 x 1.020 -0.25 13 28 19 15 M24 x 1.5 13 36 7.5 19 44 (mm) Bore size NB NC (mm) P NN S ZZ 20 19 15 M22 x 1.5 1/8 81 138 25 19 15 M24 x 1.5 1/8 13.025 -0.5 19 44 24 21 M33 x 2 1/4 22.5 22 44 17 32 12 16 7 9 53 27 70 12 8 46 6 8 32 25 f8 32 to 800 21 24 50 22 38 16 19 7 9 55 33 72 12 8 53 8 9 40 31 f8 40 to 800 21 24 60 24 41 18 21 9 9 66 36 84 14 11 54 10 11 48 34 f8 -0.5 7.064 34 f8 -0.5 81 14 136 149.064 K 5 MM N NA NB NC NN P RR S U Z ZZ M8 x 1.5 87 20 160 178.020 -0.5 M16 x 1.Series CH M Dimensions Rear flange type: CHMG N GA 2-NN Width across flats B1 Rc P Rc P N GB B FY øI øIA øD H1 Effective thread MM 4-øFD Width across flats B2 H2 A Width across flats NA 3 K H NC NB F FT S + Stroke FX FZ ZZ + Stroke (mm) Effective Bore size Stroke range thread length A (mm) (mm) (mm) B B1 B2 D F FD FT FX FY FZ GA GB H H1 H2 I IA (tolerance) 20 to 800 15.053 -0. 5 5 6 8 10 13 17 22 24 15.2 x 16l ø4 x 20l ø8.035 -0.1 -0.7 12.25 M14 x 1.: CDP-3 Material: Carbon steel 2-ø3 ø12d9 Bore size: ø20 & ø25 Part no.1 38 CDP-3 0 +0.5 U1 NDH10 9 9 12 12 14 14 20 20 NX +0.5 52 60 35.25 5 14 +0.1 -0.5 45.043 D 3.027 30 28 6.9 47.3 26 32 38 41 Accessory Brackets (Optional) I-type single knuckle joint Bracket ø20: I-02 ø25: I-03 ø32: I-04 ø40: IA-04 Material: Rolled steel Material: Cast iron 4-J counter bore L tap 45° 1 RR U1 H A1 øU F NX G L1 I A1 U1 L1 M C R NX øE1 øE1 øNDH10 A B øNDH10 MM D +0. Applicable bore size (mm) d H B C D Part no.5 M16 x 1.5 M24 x 1.5 7 10 10 10 12 12 2-øD drill through C1 1 RR øE1 NX A1 Chamfer B A Chamfer U1 L1 Applicable Part no. ø9 size for shaft drill through 4 -0.6 Material: Carbon steel 1.25 M10 x 1.15 25 1. bore size E1 16 18 22 22 20 25 32 40 L1 36 38 55 55 20 20 24 24 MM R1 10 10 15.093 Bore size: ø32 & ø40 Part no.2 9 +0.035 -0.040 -0. Applicable bore size (mm) A B AD-EI-20 AD-EI-25 AD-EI-32 AD-EI-40 20 25 32 40 45.75 19.070 0 9 9 16 16 Part no.0 19.5 5.: CDP-1 ø9d9 -0.070 16 +0.25 M14 x 1.5 M30 x 1.1 -0.5MPa Accessories (Standard) Mounting nut 30° d C D d H Material: Carbon steel B H C 30° D Rod end nut B Material: Carbon steel Part no.070 25 13 24 55 M16 x 1. Applicable bore size (mm) d H B C D NT-02 NT-03 NT-04 AC-NI-50 20 25 32 40 M8 x 1.4 27.5 5.058 0 +0. Cotter pin size 16 20 36 M8 x 1.5 15.1 MM E 1 RR 4-øK Material: Cast iron Applicable (mm) I-02 I-03 I-04 IA-04 Applicable A1 Part no.7 Cotter pin: ø3 x 18l 52 .5 42 50 C (f8) Size Tolerance -0.0 8 8 9 11 26 32 38 41 30 36.3 AD-FI-20 AD-FI-25 AD-FI-32 AD-FI-40 20 25 32 40 46 46 56 64 Y-type double knuckle joint Bracket pin ø20: Y-02 ø25: Y-03 Material: Carbon steel ø32: Y-04A ø40: Y-04B 1 Material: Cast iron (mm) Y-02 20 10 10 13 13 12 12 12 16 7 7 7 9 M4 M4 M5 M5 5.3 +0.1 38 CDP-3 C type.7 49.75 1.027 30 30 6.2 +0.5 35.5 5.2 4 4 Cotter pin ø3. bore size A B C D (mm) -0.9 43.5 21.016 12 -0.058 0 +0.013 10 -0.076 Clevis pin & Knuckle pin 41.2 -0.25 M10 x 1.3 -0.5 M8 x 1.3 22 24 55 M14 x 1.1 18 CDP-1 +0.2 -0.058 9 0 +0.5 0 12 +0. ø9 for shaft C type.0 23 SO-02 SO-03 SO-04 SO-05 20 25 32 40 M22 x 1.043 -0.2 3.Series CH M Round Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder: 3.016 12 -0.25 5 14 Y-04A Y-04B 32 40 +0.5 16.070 0 +0.027 44 43 10 9 0 MM R1 U1 NDH10 Applicable Snap ring/ NX NZ pin no.2 +0.15 Snap ring: C type.050 -0.5 M33 x 2. bore size A1 E1 L1 I J K L M R C1 NZ øE1 A1 U1 L1 16 16 16 24 øNDH10 øNDH10 MM 22 22 30 30 E F G H øC RR NX NZ Material: Rolled steel 60 60 80 88 U(H8) Size Tolerance 10 +0.5 M16 x 1.5 13 25 12 +0.2 1.013 10 -0.5 22 12 0 16 +0.1 18 CDP-1 Y-03 25 18 20 38 M10 x 1.6 25.027 36 40 10 9 0 12 +0. ø9 for shaft ø3 x 18l ø3 x 18l Part no.058 9 0 9 +0.1 -0.5 0 10 +0. HS A D-B5.5 9.5 14.2 B D-A3.5 8.5 27.5 A D-C73C. D-K3 Approx. D-H7BAL Approx.5 6.5 23 19 21 17 17. D-G59F.Series CH M Auto Switch Specifications Refer to "Auto Switch Guide" CAT.5 33.5 15 10 18. D-B6.5 . D-B59W Auto switch 38. HS Approx. HS 8.5 11 8 14.5 A 49 B G 1/2 (applicable cable O.5 6.5 12 Auto switch 33 B A B 49.5 B 14 Auto switch mounting heights Bore size (mm) 20 53 D-B59W D-C7 D-C8 D-H7 D-H7W D-H7F D-H7BAL D-B5/B6 D-B59W D-G5NTL D-H7C (mm) D-C73C D-C80C D-G39 D-K39 D-A33 D-A34 D-A44 HS HS HS HS HS 24.5 13.8 to 11. HS Auto switch Auto switch 36 24.5 82.5 72.5 12. HS A 8.D. ø6.5 9. D-G5NT Approx. D-C80C Approx.5 8 13. D-G5BA.5 8. HS A Auto switch 36 SMC SMC 24. D-G5W.5 12.5 27 62 72 74. D-A34 D-A44 A B A A B A B A B A B A B 20 15 13 9 7 14 12 10. HS D-A4 Approx. D-G3. D-K59W.5 25 27 30 29.5 14. ø6.5 16 11. HS SMC Approx.5 G 1/2 (applicable cable O.5 18. D-H7C Approx.D. D-H7W.5 13.6) D-G5.5 13.5 14 12 12 10 8.5 12 A 33 B 6.5 9 6 32 19.E 274-A for detailed specifications. D-K5.5 B 36. D-C8 D-H7.5 11.7 B 16 SMC SMC 16 Auto switch Auto switch 29 (36) ∗ Values inside ( ) are for D-H7LF.5 33 68 78 40 35 38 37. D-H7F. Auto Switches: Proper Mounting Positions and Mounting Heights for Stroke End Detection D-C7.8 to 9.5 32 30.5 64.5 25 15.5) Proper auto switch mounting positions D-C7 D-C8 D-C73C D-C80C Bore size (mm) (mm) D-H7 D-H7C D-H7W D-H7BAL D-B5 D-B6 D-G5NTL D-H7F D-G39 D-K39 D-A33.5 A B Auto switch 26 SMC 16 16 8.5 15.5 13 40 24 20 18 23 19 19.5 11. 54 . . the standard length for G5NTL. Nil (Example) A53 3m . Without rod end nut With rod end nut Without rod boot Nylon tarpaulin Neoprene cloth With double-side cushion Without cushion With front cushion With rear cushion Part nos. Notes) • The standard lead wire length is 0... F5NTL and F5BAL is 3m.... Refer to page 58 for minimum strokes with auto switch. ø50. do not indicate any auto switch type symbol.5m ... "n" pcs...5MPa 7 MPa 14 MPa Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H ø32. • Solid state switches marked "" are produced upon receipt of prder. 12V — 3-wire (PNP) Grommet — 100V.. ø63..5 5 (L) (Nil) (Z) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Applicable load IC circuit — IC circuit — PLC Relay. 12V 200V or less 24V — 12V 100V.. Type Special function Electrical entry Indicator light Applicable Auto Switches: Refer to pages 115 through 119 for auto switch specifications.. for cylinders with built-in magnets In the case of cylinders with built-in magnets but no auto switches. L 5m.. PLC PLC — Relay PLC IC circuit — IC circuit — Relay PLC IC circuit — IC circuit ∗∗ Not applicable to ø32.5m. S 3 n Basic type Transaxial foot type Axial foot type For Front rectangular flange type 3.5MPa F Stainless steel 7MPa H Stainless steel 14MPa Auto switch type Nil Without auto switch ∗ Select applicable auto switches from the table below. However... 12V 5V. Z Load voltage Wiring (output) A53L A53Z 2-wire 12V 3-wire (NPN) 4-wire (NPN) 5V. B-series rod size C-series rod size ∗ ø32 is for B-series rod size only.. . 200V 12V — 5V. G5BAL.. 12V 3-wire (PNP) 24V — Grommet ∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0..5MPa Aluminum alloy F 7MPa Stainless steel G 14MPa Steel H 14MPa Stainless steel With Auto Switch Rod size series Cylinder stroke (mm) B C Refer to the standard strokes table on page 56. (Example) CHD2HLA50-100 ∗ Indicate in alphabetical order.. ø40. 1 pc. 3-wire NPN (equiv. 200V — 2-wire 12V 3-wire (NPN) 5V. PLC PLC Relay. 12V Terminal conduit 2-wire 12V Yes 3-wire (NPN) 5V.... 3 pcs. ø80.5 & 7 Rear rectangular flange type MPa Front rectangular flange type For Rear rectangular flange type 14 MPa Front square flange type Rear square flange type Single clevis type Double clevis type Center trunnion type Bore size 32 40 50 63 80 100 32mm 40mm 50mm 63mm 80mm 100mm Port and cushion valve positions Cylinder options Rod end nut Nil A Nil Rod boot J K Nil Cushion N R H ∗ Refer to page 56. Mounting types B LA LB FA FB FY FZ FC FD CA CB TC 2 pcs.JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod 3.. ø100 How to Order Series type Symbol Tube material Nominal pressure E 3. 200V — — — 3-wire (NPN) 24V 5V. 12V Auto switch type Tie-rod Band mount mount A56 — A53 B53 A54 B54 A67 — A64 B64 — A33∗∗ A34∗∗ — A44∗∗ — B59W A59W G59 F59 G5P F5P — J51 K59 J59 G39∗∗ — K39∗∗ — G59W F59W G5PW F5PW K59W J59W G5BA F5BA G5NT F5NT G59F F59F Lead wire length∗ 3 0.. CH2 H B 50 B 100 CH D2 H B 50 B 100 A53 Number of auto switches With auto switch (built-in magnet) Nil Series type Symbol Tube material Nominal pressure E Aluminum alloy 3.) Solid state switch Reed switch Yes Grommet — No Terminal conduit Yes DIN terminal Diagnostic indication (2-color display) Grommet — Diagnostic indication (2-color display) Water resistant (2-color display) With timer With diagnostic output (2-color display) 55 2-wire DC AC — 5V — 12V 100V. Note 2) The long stroke range for Series CH2E. FD. FB. D-J5 32 25 to 800 1800 (1401 or more with tie-rod reinforcing ring) Note 1) BA-32 – BA-04 BD1-04M BA-05 BD1-05M BA-06 BD1-06M BA-08 BD1-08M BA-10 BD1-10M BAF-32 – BDS-04M BAF-04 BDS-05M BAF-05 BDS-06M BAF-06 BDS-08M BAF-08 BDS-10M BAF-10 – BGS1-032 BD1-04M BH2-040 BD1-05M BH2-050 BD1-06M BA-06 BH1-080 BH2-080 BH1-100 BH2-100 40 25 to 800 1800 (1401 or more with tie-rod reinforcing ring) Note 1) 50 25 to 800 1800 (1401 or more with tie-rod reinforcing ring) Note 1) 63 25 to 800 1800 (1501 or more with tie-rod reinforcing ring) Note 2) 80 25 to 1000 1800 100 25 to 1000 1800 Auto switch model Bore size Model D-A3. 80. Port and Cushion Valve Positions Symbol Nil A C D E F G H Position Port: Top Port: Left Port: Right Port: Top Port: Top Port: Right Port: Right Port: Left Cushion valve: Cushion valve: Cushion valve: Cushion valve: Cushion valve: Cushion valve: Cushion valve: Cushion valve: Top Bottom Left Bottom Top Left Right Mounting type Right B (Basic Type) FA. and CH2H with flange and clevis type mounting brackets as well as Series CHG is up to 1500mm. CB (Single clevis type) TC (Center trunnion type) LA. D-A6 (mm) 32 40 50 CH2E 63 80 100 32 40 50 CH2F 63 80 100 32 40 50 CH2H 63 80 100 Standard Strokes BT-06 BT-06 BT-06 BT-08 BT-16 BT-18 BT-06 BT-06 BT-06 BT-08 BT-16 BT-18 BT-06 BT-06 BT-06 BT-08 BT-16 BT-18 ∗ Refer to the stroke selection Table in Technical Data 2. Then make yur selection. CH2F.4 0 mm. and CH2H with flange and clevis type mounting brackets as well as Series CHG is up to 1400mm. starting with page123. D-A4 D-B5. CH2F.5MPa Front: B-rod 18MPa : C-rod 11MPa : C-rod 14MPa 10. 50. 101 to 250mm 0 mm.5MPa Maximum allowable pressure 3. Cylinder bore size (mm) Standard strokes (mm) Long stroke (mm) D-G3. D-K5 D-F5.JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Models CH2E Model CH2F Aluminum alloy Stainless steel Tube material 3. FC. 56 . Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part Nos. FY. 100mm Auto switch mounting Applicable Applicable — Applicable Specifications CH2F CH2E Model Nominal pressure 3.0MPa Minimum operating pressure 7MPa Rear: 9MPa Rear: 18MPa Front: B-rod 13. D-B6 D-A5. Note 1) The long stroke range for Series CH2E.5MPa 21MPa Without auto switch: –10° to 80°C With auto switch: –10° to 60°C 8 to 300mm/s Piston speed JIS symbol 14MPa When rear side is pressurized: 0. to determine stroke limitation depending on the type of mounting brackets that will be used.0 to 100mm .5MPa Proof pressure 5. 40.25 0 mm +1. FZ (Flange type) CA.5MPa Nominal pressure Bore size 7MPa CH2G CH2H Steel Stainless steel 14MPa 14MPa 32. Long stroke ranges also differ depending on the type of mounting brackets. 63.8 631 to 1000mm +1. 1001 to 1800mm 0 mm Note) Refer to page 136 for definitions of terms related to pressure. D-K3 D-G5.15MPa When front side is pressurized: 0.2MPa Ambient and fluid temperature Page 75 CH2H Hydraulic fluid Fluid to Made Order CH2G Double acting/Single rod Action Cushion seal type Cushion JIS class 2 Thread tolerance Stroke length tolerance +0.8 0 mm +1. 251 to 630mm +1. LB (Foot type) : Piping port : Cushion valve ∗ The cylinder's exterior dimensions represented here are as seen from the rod end of the cylinder. 47 16.14 10.93 CB TC Center Double clevis trunnion type 4.25 7.04 3.09 0.56 12.67 14.99 6.05 3.77 14.93 9.64 4.78 3.28 6.58 5.73 9.12 0.5 45 22.99 CB TC Double Center clevis trunnion type 3.34 0. 100 Cushion Cushion seal Auto switch mounting Tie-rod mounting ∗ Specifications other than those above are the same as double acting/single rod specifications.17 26.04 0. Rod boot (Nylon tarpulin.34 4.15 25.25 15.92 4.62 32.32 13.61 25.07 10.96 15.15 3.94 — 8.93 7.03 9.59 — 18.01 10.17 6.85 17.38 28.91 18.06 3.81 10.98 5.38 Water Resistant Hydraulic Cylinder CHD2F Mounting Bore size Rod series R Stroke With auto switch (built-in magnet) Water resistant cylinder R NBR Seal (nitrile rubber) V FKM Seal (fluoro rubber) 57 F5BAL Port position Water resistant solid state switch with 2-color display ∗ Piston seals are NBR for both types R and V. FZ FC.58 14. 50.85 4.87 15.57 23.05 0.01 — — 14.17 0.82 7.18 16.83 — 11.08 3.36 10.29 7.98 7.56 18.26 0.82 6. 40.74 5.27 3.88 15.29 0.45 3.79 16.30 0.93 — — 3.31 — — 15.10 0.42 — 4.92 7.14 0.91 17.90 5.19 8.90 4.33 21.92 14.15 25.18 0.17 17.44 11.92 — — 5.35 27.58 31.23 9.35 27.12 0.43 4.00 9.23 11.12 — 25.46 LB FA.17 17.25 3.62 23.08 0.04 0.56 4.21 0.50 6.09 12.15 6.27 — 11.49 6.26 ∗ Consult with SMC.64 28.32 5.43 11.49 10.47 9.14 0.18 4.25 — — 22.83 — — 5.09 0.91 3.07 6.61 25.54 5.99 — — 3.16 7.4 28 C-series — 18 40 50 63 80 100 35.31 11.00 2.79 21.32 10.22 31.10 0.46 0.58 6.55 28. Single knuckle. CA Single clevis 2.65 10. FB Additional Axial foot 3.37 11.77 3.07 0.10 4.33 6.44 — 30.72 17.58 18.02 14.09 24.35 17.50 6.04 4.17 0.16 4.32 7.5 ∗ Other dimensions are the same as those for the double acting/single rod standard type.47 4.00 12.37 10.17 24.78 3.92 27. Bore size (mm) 32 40 50 63 80 100 B-series rod A — — — — 13.91 — — 5.17 0. Knuckle pin.77 17.29 18.66 6.14 0.64 12.36 18.59 — 12.08 0.10 0.39 10. A Cylinders options ∗ Stainless steel for the piston rod is a special order.36 4.94 3.56 CA Single clevis 3.91 — — 0.95 2.4 28 56 Mounting type Bore size (mm) Model 35. FB Additional weight Axial foot Rectangular flange (7MPa) (per 10mm stroke) 3.81 LA FY.31 21.39 8.75 4.13 4.78 29.24 0.82 5.28 0.86 — 7.93 3.70 7.20 28.48 — 20.34 18.37 22.49 0.19 6.50 2.Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Weights Rod Sizes (mm) Unit: kg Standard weight (0 stroke) Bore size (mm) Rod size series∗ 32 B-series 18 22.12 3.33 10.45 6.78 26.80 17.94 10.72 — 25.14 5.29 18.76 6.93 6. 63.48 10.12 7.98 3.07 0.62 — — 9.67 10.58 3.48 3.49 27.20 0. Neoprene cloth) Note) Note) Maximum operating temperature: Nylon tarpaulin (60°C).33 10.17 6.06 6.55 — 4.51 4.25 0.90 — — 9.84 4.73 — — weight Rectangular (per 10mm flange (7MPa) stroke) 3.29 26.05 3.91 16.24 17.78 29.65 6.17 0.81 11.19 3.62 29.86 3.78 — — 9.12 4.15 17.33 5.59 2.81 — — 21.67 17.85 17.54 9.34 11.03 12.91 — 17.60 3. FD Transaxial Rectangular Square foot flange flange 4.99 2.30 0.74 4.12 27.51 22. 80.29 26.89 14.55 28.13 12.02 25.34 — 3. FZ FC.49 3.12 19.24 11.24 9.17 21.97 19.09 3.49 2.49 27.98 6.11 20.14 6.85 3.16 8. Neoprene cloth (110°C) B-series rod Accessories (Optional) Hydraulic Fluid Compatibility Hydraulic fluid Standard mineral hydraulic fluid Compatibility Compatible W/O hydraulic fluid Compatible O/W hydraulic fluid Compatible ∗ Water/Glycol hydraulic fluid Phosphate hydraulic fluid Not compatible CH2E CH2F 32 CH2G CH2H CH2E CH2F 40 CH2G CH2H CH2E CH2F 50 CH2G CH2H CH2E CH2F 63 CH2G CH2H CH2E CH2F 80 CH2G CH2H CH2E CH2F 100 CH2G CH2H B Basic 2.91 5.07 0. .42 0.36 — 4.84 — 32.04 17.09 7.45 14. FD Transaxial Rectangular Square flange flange foot 3.96 24.09 0.28 4.94 2.34 15.17 16.49 8.49 — 4.35 — 3. Specifications Action Double acting/Single rod Cylinder bore size (mm) 32.13 10.52 11.17 24.57 4.96 4.98 6.66 3.14 — — 22.41 0.82 25.28 17.16 9.79 — — 2.70 5.28 28.97 15.5 45 ∗ Based on JIS B8367.67 4.23 22.39 22.42 — 7.78 7.56 21.21 18.88 4.89 19. Double knuckle.99 2.58 3.69 15.62 7.82 5.06 — — 9.36 19.63 4.09 24.50 — 10.34 — 6.56 28.77 4.83 3.20 0.43 13.22 4.29 11.54 Standard weight (0 stroke) Mounting type Cushion Strokes Bore size (mm) Model (mm) 32 40 50 63 80 100 Effective cushion stroke 16 16 17 16 20 23 Bore size (mm) CH2E CH2F CH2G CH2H CH2E CH2F 50 CH2G CH2H CH2E CH2F 63 CH2G CH2H CH2E CH2F 80 CH2G CH2H CH2E CH2F 100 CH2G CH2H 40 C-series rod (Front and rear sides) B Basic 3.55 9.66 6.08 0.93 10.28 4.57 10. Lock nut.06 0.72 17.23 10.55 4.14 0.80 — 18.17 4.40 6.58 — — 23.69 8.30 — — 15.36 15.84 — — 5.98 29.89 4.75 LA FY.11 5.40 16.40 16.30 4.97 — — 0.76 24.34 19.59 3.96 15.86 3.00 — — 15.68 10.25 4.49 5.97 4.40 LB FA.33 3.06 5.5 14.44 3. 5 2813 1923 4396 3017 6869 4715 10905 7442 17584 12020 27475 18859 4396 3506 6869 5490 10905 8751 17584 14121 27475 21911 Operating pressure (MPa) 5 7 4019 5627 2748 3847 6280 8792 4311 6035 9813 13738 6735 9429 15578 21810 10632 14885 25120 35168 17172 24041 39250 54950 26941 37718 6280 8792 5008 7012 9813 13738 7843 10980 15578 21810 12501 17502 25120 35168 20174 28243 39250 54950 31302 43823 10 8038 5495 12560 8621 19625 13471 31157 21264 50240 34344 78500 53882 12560 10017 19625 15686 31157 25002 50240 40347 78500 62604 14 11254 7693 17584 12070 27475 18859 43619 29769 70336 48081 109900 75435 17584 14023 27475 21961 43619 35003 70336 56486 109900 87645 Minimum Strokes for Auto Switch Mounting Unit: mm Auto switch type D-A5. D-G39. 1 pc. D-K39 D-A44 ø32 Center trunnion type ø40 or larger ø32 ø40 ø50 ø63 ø80 ø100 10 110 110 115 125 135 145 20 115 115 125 130 140 150 10 115 115 120 130 140 150 10 120 120 120 135 140 150 10 125 125 130 140 150 160 110 110 115 125 135 145 115 115 115 130 140 150 80 80 95 — 100 100 100 105 115 80 80 95 85 85 100 110 120 10 Same side — — 10 Different sides 20 Same side — — 15 Different sides 10 Same side — — 10 Different sides 10 Same side — — 10 Different sides 10 Same side — — 10 Different sides 15 Same side 75 — 10 Different sides 20 Same side 75 — 15 2 pcs. Different sides Same side 35 — — 10 Different sides Same side — 100 35 — 55 — 10 58 . 1 pc. 1 pc. 2 pcs. D-A6 No. 1 pc.4 63 28 80 35. D-K59 D-G5W. D-A59W 2 pcs.5 80 45 100 56 40 18 50 22. D-F5. D-B6 D-G5. D-B59W D-A3 Different sides Mounting brackets other than center trunnion 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 1 pc. D-G5NTL 1 pc.4 50 28 63 35.JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Theoretical Output Unit: N C-series rod B-series rod Bore size (mm) Rod size (mm) 32 18 40 22. D-B5. of auto switches 2 pcs. 1 pc. 1 pc.5 100 Operating direction OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN 45 Piston area (mm²) 804 550 1256 862 1963 1347 3116 2126 5024 3434 7850 5388 1256 1002 1963 1569 3116 2500 5024 4035 7850 6260 1 804 550 1256 862 1963 1347 3116 2126 5024 3434 7850 5388 1256 1002 1963 1569 3116 2500 5024 4035 7850 6260 3. D-J5W D-F5BAL 2 pcs. D-K59W D-G59F D-G5BAL. 1 pc. D-F5W. D-J5 2 pcs. D-F59F D-F5NTL 2 pcs. B-series rod C-series rod Kit components CH2E32B-PS 32 CH2F32B-PS CH2G32B-PS CH2H32B-PS CH2E40B-PS Hard chromium electroplated Hard chromium electroplated 40 50 63 80 100 CH2E40C-PS CH2F40B-PS CH2F40C-PS CH2G40B-PS CH2G40C-PS CH2H40B-PS CH2H40C-PS CH2E50B-PS CH2E50C-PS CH2F50B-PS CH2F50C-PS CH2G50B-PS CH2G50C-PS CH2H50B-PS CH2H50C-PS CH2E63B-PS CH2E63C-PS CH2F63B-PS CH2F63C-PS CH2G63B-PS CH2G63C-PS CH2H63B-PS CH2H63C-PS CH2E80B-PS CH2E80C-PS CH2F80B-PS CH2F80C-PS CH2G80B-PS CH2G80C-PS CH2H80B-PS CH2H80C-PS CH2E100B-PS CH2E100C-PS CH2F100B-PS CH2F100C-PS CH2G100B-PS CH2G100C-PS CH2H100B-PS CH2H100C-PS Nos. CH2H Note Metallic painted Metallic painted Metallic painted Metallic painted Metallic painted Hard anodized Metallic painted Replacement parts: Seal kits Bore size (mm) Seal kit no.Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Construction Series CH2G Parts list No. . 1 2 3 4 5 6 Description Rod cover Head cover Seal holder (B-series rod) Seal holder (C-series rod) Retainer Cylinder tube Material Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon steel CH2E Aluminum alloy CH2F Stainless steel CH2G Carbon steel CH2H Stainless steel CH2E Aluminum alloy CH2F Aluminum alloy CH2G Stainless steel CH2H Stainless steel Rolled steel Rolled steel Copper alloy Copper alloy 7 Piston 8 9 10 11 Cushion ring Cushion ring nut Bushing (B-series rod) Bushing (C-series rod) 12 Piston rod (B-series rod) Carbon steel 13 Piston rod (C-series rod) Carbon steel 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 59 Tie-rod Tie-rod nut Cushion valve Lock nut Air release valve Check ball Snap ring Back-up ring Scraper (B-series rod) Scraper (C-series rod) Rod seal (B-series rod) Rod seal (C-series rod) Piston seal Cylinder tube gasket Holder gasket Cushion valve seal Cushion seal Piston gasket Magnet Carbon steel Carbon steel Alloy steel Carbon steel Alloy steel Bearing steel Carbon tool steel Resin NBR NBR NBR NBR NBR NBR NBR NBR — NBR — Series CH2E. 21 through 30 from the chart at left ∗ Seal kits consist of items 21 through 30 and can be ordered by using the seal kit number for each bore size. CH2F. 5 30 27 22.5 45 42 35. Contact SMC regarding the Series CH2G with the above strokes. CH2FB.4 40 13 30 80 257 M24 x 1.076 15 41 95 295 M30 x 1.4 40 50 M24 x 1.25 11 36 30 3/8 42 141 11 52 52 12 15 50 25 to 1400 76 52 15 40 19 M10 x 1.5 55 80 -0.5 30 27 22.25 11 37 31 3/8 39 141 11 52 — 21.5 55 80 M39 x 1.025 -0.064 -0. CH2HB H+Q+l RT 2-Rc P GA R Tie-rod reinforcing ring (long stroke only) GB J RY øe øE øD MM Width across flats G 10 f l MA Air release C A B ZZ + Q + l + Stroke K F T NB Air release S + Stroke NA H M ZZ + Stroke Long stroke (with tie-rod reinforcing ring) Stroke range∗ (mm) RT RY 32 1401 to 1800 28 58 40 1401 to 1800 28 65 50 1401 to 1800 33 75 63 1501 to 1800 43 90 80 — — — 100 — — — Bore size (mm) ∗ Applicable to Series CH2E.5 25 22 18 36 11 24 65 231 M20 x 1. (mm) With rod boot Bore size Stroke range (mm) (mm) e B C F GA GB J M NA NB P R S T B-rod C-rod f Q 32 25 to 1400 58 38 16 32 15 M10 x 1.030 -0. CH2GB.025 -0.5 45 42 35.5 16 44 44 3/4 65 184 18 80 65 17 20 102 19 42 22 M18 x 1.5 75 72 56 E K G H ZZ MM A MA D 7 14 55 207 — — — — 9 19 60 212 M16 x 1.5 60 57 45 65 -0.5 60 57 45 100 M48 x 1.090 16 50 115 325 M39 x 1.5 stroke 1/4 stroke Rod series (mm) C-series rod B-series rod Bore size (mm) MM A MA D 32 M16 x 1.064 E — — -0.5 35 32 28 46 63 M30 x 1.076 K G H — — — ZZ — 7 14 55 207 9 19 60 226 11 24 70 247 13 30 80 280 15 41 100 310 60 .JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Double Acting/Single Rod Dimensions Basic type: CH2EB.25 11 43 35 1/2 46 155 13 55 52 15 15 63 25 to 1500 90 63 15 42 19 M12 x 1.5 18 44 44 3/4 75 192 20 100 80 19 15 100 l B-rod C-rod — 1/3.5 14 43 35 1/2 52 163 15 65 55 15 20 80 25 to 1800 110 25 to 1800 135 80 17 40 22 M16 x 1.5 35 32 28 46 65 -0. CH2F and CH2H.5 15 40 25 to 1400 65 45 12 32 15 M10 x 1.036 -0.5 25 22 18 34 40 M20 x 1.030 -0. 064 9 11 28 46 l B-rod C-rod LH LX 32 ±0.5 14 43 35 1/2 52 148 18 50 19 20 132 41 19 106 71 65 55 15 20 80 25 to 1800 110 190 80 11 22 22 M16 x 1.5 45 42 80 M39 x 1.064 9 46 28 11 14 66 220 19 24 78 249 M20 x 1.5 25 22 40 M20 x 1.5 stroke 1/4 stroke Tolerance G -0.5 25 22 E D — 18 — 36 K — Bore size (mm) H ZZ — — — — 7 14 66 220 40 19 73 244 50 24 85 267 63 30 98 304 80 41 120 338 100 35.23 .5 15 40 25 to 1400 65 118 45 10 21 15 M10 x 1. CH2FLA.5 55 -0.025 22.25 ±0. CH2GLA.076 15 — 1/3. (mm) Bore size (mm) Stroke range (mm) With rod boot B BB C F J GA GB M NA NB P R S CD LH LT LW LX X Y Z e B-rod C-rod f Q 32 25 to 1400 58 109 38 14 21 15 M10 x 1. CH2HLA B Air release H+Q+l LW S + Stroke H F J R LW NA GA 2-Rc P NB GB LT LH øe øE øD MM Width across flats G C 10 l f SS + Q + l + Stroke ZZ + Q + l + Stroke MA A LX 4-øCD X SS K Y Y Z + Stroke ZZ + Stroke BB X M Long stroke (with tie-rod reinforcing ring) Bore size (mm) Stroke range∗ (mm) RT RY 32 1401 to 1800 28 58 40 1401 to 1800 28 65 50 1401 to 1800 33 75 63 1501 to 1800 43 90 80 — — — 100 — — — RY RT ∗ Applicable to Series CH2E.036 -0.5 16 44 44 3/4 65 166 18 60 24 24 155 45 20 124 74 80 65 17 20 25 to 1800 135 230 102 11 22 22 M18 x 1.18 ±0.5 55 -0.25 11 37 31 3/8 39 130 11 35 14 13 88 29 14 98 57 52 — 21.5 14 13 95 29 14 98 57 52 52 12 15 50 25 to 1400 76 145 52 10 27 19 M10 x 1.5 18 44 44 3/4 75 172 22 71 27 28 190 53 22 122 85 100 80 19 15 100 Rod series Bore size (mm) 61 SS (mm) B-series rod MM A MA 32 M16 x 1.030 13 65 -0.20 ±0.076 15 45 30 95 277 M24 x 1.4 40 -0. CH2F and CH2H.4 40 -0.5 30 27 50 M24 x 1.5 45 42 72 56 50 135 353 M39 x 1.030 13 45 65 -0.25 11 36 30 3/8 42 130 11 37.5 35 32 63 M30 x 1.25 11 43 35 1/2 46 142 14 45 17 18 115 35 18 108 60 55 52 15 15 63 25 to 1500 90 165 63 10 27 19 M12 x 1.Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Dimensions Transaxial foot type: CH2ELA.5 75 E D C-series rod K G H 34 18 7 -0.5 35 32 57 41 113 319 M30 x 1.5 30 27 35. Contact SMC regarding Series CH2G with the above strokes.025 22.5 60 100 M48 x 1.090 16 ZZ MM A MA — — — 71 225 M16 x 1.5 60 57 80 -0.15 ±0. 25 ±0.5 35 22 18 50 M24 x 1.030 13 65 -0.076 15 — 1/3. CH2FLB H B C Air release J A MA MM Tie-rod reinforcing ring GB (Long stroke only) 2-Rc P LH LW øE øD R SS + Stroke GA F K f l 4-øCD Width across flats G LT 10 M RY H+Q+l LX BB SS + Q + l + Stroke T Y1 RT Air release NA X1 NB X1 S + Stroke Y1 Z + Stroke ZZ + Q + l + Stroke ZZ + Stroke Long stroke (with tie-rod reinforcing ring) Bore size (mm) Stroke range∗ (mm) RT RY 32 1401 to 1800 28 58 40 1401 to 1800 28 65 50 1401 to 1800 33 75 63 1501 to 1800 43 90 80 — — — 100 — — — ∗ Applicable to Series CH2E and CH2F.4 40 -0.064 9 46 32 28 11 14 55 241 19 60 246 M16 x 1.5 55 -0.5 25 24 65 270 M20 x 1.064 9 32 28 46 11 42 35.025 27 22.5 60 42 35.5 30 30 80 303 M24 x 1.5 25 40 M20 x 1.5 60 MA D — — 22 18 E — 36 — H ZZ Bore size (mm) — — — — 32 7 14 55 241 40 19 60 265 50 24 70 293 63 -0.13 ±0.25 11 37 31 3/8 39 141 11 11 40 8 40 30 32 13 203 205 52 — 21.4 40 -0.5 30 MA E D C-series rod K G H 34 7 -0.25 11 43 35 1/2 46 155 13 14 50 8 58 37 35 15 220 225 55 52 15 15 63 25 to 1500 90 98 63 15 42 19 M12 x 1.030 13 57 45 65 -0.15 ±0.076 15 57 45 100 M48 x 1.15 ±0.5 75 72 56 80 -0.25 11 36 30 3/8 42 141 11 11 43 8 46 33 32 13 203 205 52 52 12 15 50 25 to 1400 76 85 52 15 40 19 M10 x 1.5 55 -0.JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Axial foot type: CH2ELB.5 14 43 35 1/2 52 163 15 18 60 10 65 45 42 18 240 247 65 55 15 20 80 25 to 1800 110 118 80 17 40 22 M16 x 1.5 15 40 25 to 1400 65 69 45 12 32 15 M10 x 1.5 16 44 44 3/4 65 184 18 18 72 12 87 50 50 20 269 284 80 65 17 20 25 to 1800 135 150 102 19 42 22 M18 x 1.18 62 .5 35 63 M30 x 1.036 -0.5 stroke 1/4 stroke Tolerance G K l B-rod C-rod 30 80 334 80 41 100 370 100 LH LX ±0. (mm) Bore size (mm) Stroke range (mm) With rod boot B BB C J F GA GB M NA NB P R S T CD LH LT LX LW X1 Y1 SS Z e B-rod C-rod f Q 32 25 to 1400 58 62 38 16 32 15 M10 x 1.090 16 ZZ MM A — — 41 95 349 M30 x 1.5 18 44 44 3/4 75 192 20 22 85 12 109 55 55 23 287 302 100 80 19 15 100 Rod series Bore size (mm) (mm) B-series rod MM A 32 M16 x 1.025 27 22.5 45 80 M39 x 1.5 45 50 115 385 M39 x 1. 076 15 100 M48 x 1.3 ±0.18 ±0.Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Dimensions Front rectangular flange type: CH2EFA.036 -0.4 40 -0.5 18 44 44 3/4 75 172 FX FY SS 88 40 109 30 52 — 21.5 25 40 M20 x 1.064 9 32 28 46 11 42 35.5 30 MA E D K G H 34 7 -0.2 FX ±0.5 25 24 78 231 M20 x 1.030 13 57 45 65 -0.2 ±0.13 ±0.076 15 f Q l B-rod C-rod — 1/3.25 11 37 40 25 to 1400 65 69 45 12 21 15 M10 x 1.5 60 42 35.5 16 44 44 3/4 65 166 M18 x 1.23 .5 15 95 46 118 30 52 52 12 15 13 115 58 145 30 55 52 15 15 15 132 65 165 35 65 55 15 20 18 18 155 87 190 35 80 65 17 20 22 20 190 109 230 40 100 80 19 15 Rod series Bore size (mm) (mm) C-series rod B-series rod MM A 32 M16 x 1.4 40 -0.030 13 57 45 65 -0.5 55 -0.064 9 32 28 46 11 14 66 207 19 71 212 M16 x 1. CH2FFA GA R 4-øFD H+Q+l GB 2-Rc P J øe FY BB øE øD MM Air release Width across flats G MA C B f l 10 SS+ Q + l + Stroke FX ZZ + Q + l + Stroke K A F Air release NA FT SS NB S + Stroke H FZ M ZZ + Stroke (mm) With rod boot Stroke range (mm) B BB C F GA GB 32 25 to 1400 58 62 38 16 21 15 M10 x 1.5 35 41 113 295 M30 x 1.025 27 22.090 16 ZZ MM A — — MA D — — 22 18 e FZ E — 36 H ZZ Bore size (mm) — — — — 32 7 14 66 207 40 19 73 226 50 24 85 247 63 30 98 280 80 41 120 310 100 -0.5 75 72 56 63 80 -0.5 45 80 M39 x 1.18 ±0.025 27 22.5 30 30 95 257 M24 x 1.5 60 22 18 50 M24 x 1.25 11 63 25 to 1500 90 98 63 15 27 19 M12 x 1.5 55 -0.25 11 36 50 25 to 1400 76 85 52 15 27 19 M10 x 1.5 45 50 135 325 M39 x 1.15 ±0.5 35 63 M30 x 1.5 stroke 1/4 stroke Tolerance G K — B-rod C-rod FT FY ±0.5 14 80 25 to 1800 110 118 80 17 22 22 25 to 1800 135 150 102 19 22 22 Bore size (mm) 100 J M NA NB P R S FD FT 31 3/8 39 130 11 11 30 3/8 42 130 11 11 43 35 1/2 46 142 14 43 35 1/2 52 148 18 M16 x 1. 5 35 63 M30 x 1.25 11 63 25 to 1500 90 98 63 10 27 19 M12 x 1.5 25 24 83 236 M20 x 1.18 64 .036 -0.18 FY ±0.5 45 50 143 333 M39 x 1.5 25 40 M20 x 1.5 45 80 M39 x 1.030 13 57 45 65 -0.13 ±0.5 stroke 1/4 stroke Tolerance G K — B-rod C-rod f l SS Rod series Bore size (mm) e FZ FT ±0.5 75 72 56 80 -0.076 15 100 M48 x 1.076 15 Q B-rod C-rod — 1/3.25 11 37 40 25 to 1400 65 69 45 10 21 15 M10 x 1.JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Front rectangular flange type: CH2GFY.064 9 32 28 46 11 42 35.090 16 ZZ MM A — — MA D — — 22 18 E — 36 H ZZ Bore size (mm) — — — — 32 7 14 68 209 40 19 78 231 50 24 90 252 63 30 104 286 80 41 128 318 100 -0.5 55 -0.5 35 41 119 301 M30 x 1.3 ±0.030 13 57 45 65 -0.25 11 36 50 25 to 1400 76 85 52 10 27 19 M10 x 1.2 ±0.5 55 -0.15 ±0.5 15 95 46 118 30 52 52 12 15 18 115 58 145 30 55 52 15 15 20 132 65 165 35 65 55 15 20 18 24 155 87 190 35 80 65 17 20 22 28 190 109 230 40 100 80 19 15 (mm) B-series rod MM A 32 M16 x 1.5 60 42 35.5 18 44 44 3/4 75 172 FY 88 40 109 30 52 — 21.5 14 80 25 to 1800 110 118 80 11 22 22 25 to 1800 135 150 102 11 22 22 Bore size (mm) 100 J M NA NB P R S FD FT FX 31 3/8 39 130 11 13 30 3/8 42 130 11 13 43 35 1/2 46 142 14 43 35 1/2 52 148 18 M16 x 1.4 40 -0.5 30 30 100 262 M24 x 1.5 16 44 44 3/4 65 166 M18 x 1.5 60 22 18 50 M24 x 1.064 9 32 28 46 11 14 68 209 19 73 214 M16 x 1.5 30 MA E D C-series rod K G H 34 7 -0. CH2HFY GA R 4-øFD H+Q+l GB 2-Rc P J øe FY BB øE øD MM Air release Width across flats G MA C B f l 10 SS + Q + l + Stroke FX ZZ + Q + l + Stroke K A F SS Air release NA FT NB S + Stroke H FZ M ZZ + Stroke (mm) With rod boot Stroke range (mm) B BB C F GA GB 32 25 to 1400 58 62 38 14 21 15 M10 x 1.025 27 22.2 FX ±0.025 27 22.23 ±0.4 40 -0. 090 16 ZZ MM A — — MA D — — 22 18 E — 36 B-rod C-rod H ZZ Bore size (mm) — — — — 32 7 14 55 207 40 19 60 228 50 24 70 248 63 30 80 282 80 41 100 312 100 -0.Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Dimensions Rear rectangular flange type: CH2EFB.025 27 22.5 55 -0.064 9 32 28 46 11 42 35.036 -0.4 40 -0.5 15 42 141 11 11 11 95 46 118 182 52 52 12 15 1/2 46 155 13 14 13 115 58 145 198 55 52 15 15 1/2 52 163 15 18 15 132 65 165 213 65 55 15 20 44 3/4 65 184 18 18 18 155 87 190 237 80 65 17 20 44 3/4 75 192 20 22 20 190 109 230 252 100 80 19 15 65 (mm) B-series rod MM A 32 M16 x 1.5 60 22 18 50 M24 x 1.23 .13 ±0.4 40 -0.5 25 40 M20 x 1.5 45 50 115 327 M39 x 1.064 9 32 28 46 11 14 55 207 19 60 212 M16 x 1.3 ±0.5 45 80 M39 x 1.5 55 -0.5 60 42 35.030 13 57 45 65 -0.5 35 41 95 297 M30 x 1.030 13 57 45 65 -0.5 30 MA E D C-series rod K G H 34 7 -0.5 44 25 to 1800 135 150 102 19 42 22 M18 x 1.25 37 31 3/8 40 25 to 1400 65 69 45 12 32 15 M10 x 1.5 30 30 80 258 M24 x 1.025 27 22.18 ±0.076 15 100 M48 x 1.5 44 Bore size (mm) 100 J NA NB P R S FY FZ SS FT FX 39 141 11 11 11 88 40 109 182 52 — 21.076 15 Q B-rod C-rod — 1/3.15 ±0.18 ±0.5 25 24 65 233 M20 x 1.5 35 63 M30 x 1.5 stroke 1/4 stroke Tolerance G K — f l FD Rod series Bore size (mm) e T FT FY ±0.2 FX ±0. CH2FFB H+Q+l H GA GB 2-Rc P R 4-øFD J MM FY BB øE øD øe Air release Width across flats G 10 l T f MA SS + Q + l + Stroke K Air release NA C B SS + Stroke A ZZ + Q + l + Stroke FT NB S + Stroke F FX ZZ + Stroke FZ (mm) With rod boot Stroke range (mm) B BB C F GA GB 32 25 to 1400 58 62 38 16 32 15 M10 x 1.5 75 72 56 80 -0.2 ±0.25 43 35 63 25 to 1500 90 98 63 15 42 19 M12 x 1.25 36 30 3/8 50 25 to 1400 76 85 52 15 40 19 M10 x 1.5 43 35 80 25 to 1800 110 118 80 17 40 22 M16 x 1. 025 27 22.25 37 40 25 to 1400 65 69 45 12 32 15 M10 x 1.090 16 41 95 303 M30 x 1.064 9 32 28 46 11 14 55 209 19 60 214 M16 x 1.5 30 MA E D C-series rod K G H ZZ MM A MA D — — — — 34 7 -0.076 15 100 M48 x 1.5 55 -0.5 60 22 18 E — 36 — f l R Rod series SS e P B-rod C-rod G H ZZ Bore size (mm) — — — — 32 7 14 55 209 40 19 60 233 50 24 70 253 63 42 35.5 44 44 3/4 65 184 18 18 24 155 87 190 243 80 65 17 20 42 22 M18 x 1.2 FX ±0.18 66 .5 30 30 80 263 M24 x 1.025 27 22.5 55 -0.23 ±0.3 ±0.5 35 63 M30 x 1.5 75 72 56 80 -0.036 -0.2 ±0.030 13 57 45 65 -0.25 43 35 1/2 46 155 13 14 18 115 58 145 203 55 52 15 15 19 M12 x 1.5 44 44 3/4 75 192 20 22 28 190 109 230 260 100 80 19 15 (mm) B-series rod MM A 32 M16 x 1.5 60 42 35.18 FY ±0.5 45 50 115 335 M39 x 1.5 stroke 1/4 stroke Tolerance K -0. CH2HFZ H GA R BB øE øD Air release Width across flats G 10 l T f MA SS + Q + l + Stroke K Air release NA F FT NB C B S + Stroke A ZZ + Q + l + Stroke 4-øFD J MM øe GB 2-Rc P FY H+Q+l SS + Stroke FX ZZ + Stroke FZ (mm) With rod boot Stroke range (mm) B BB C F GA GB 32 25 to 1400 58 62 38 16 32 15 M10 x 1.15 ±0.076 15 B-rod C-rod — 1/3.5 25 40 M20 x 1.030 13 57 45 65 -0.13 ±0.064 9 32 28 46 11 Q 30 80 288 80 41 100 320 100 FT ±0.JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Rear rectangular flange type: CH2GFZ.5 43 35 1/2 52 163 15 18 20 132 65 165 218 65 55 15 20 40 22 M16 x 1.4 40 -0.5 35 22 18 50 M24 x 1.5 25 24 65 238 M20 x 1.25 36 50 25 to 1400 76 85 52 15 40 63 25 to 1500 90 98 63 15 42 80 25 to 1800 110 118 80 17 25 to 1800 135 150 102 19 Bore size (mm) 100 J NA NB FX FY FZ Bore size (mm) S T FD FT 31 3/8 39 141 11 11 13 88 40 109 184 52 — 21.4 40 -0.5 45 80 M39 x 1.5 15 30 3/8 42 141 11 11 13 95 46 118 184 52 52 12 15 19 M10 x 1. 25 11 27 19 M12 x 1.5 60 22 18 50 M24 x 1. CH2HFC H+Q+l GA H FY FX 8-øFD GB 2-Rc P J C øe FY FX B øE øD MM Width across flats G Air release 10 l Air release f K MA A R SS + Q + l + Stroke FZ F SS NA NB FT M S + Stroke ZZ + Stroke ZZ + Q + l + Stroke (mm) With rod boot Stroke range (mm) B C F GA GB 32 25 to 1400 58 38 16 21 40 25 to 1400 65 45 12 21 50 25 to 1400 76 52 15 63 25 to 1500 90 63 15 80 25 to 1800 110 80 25 to 1800 135 102 Bore size (mm) 100 J M NA NB P R S FD FT FX 15 M10 x 1.2 ±0.064 9 32 28 46 11 14 66 207 19 71 212 M16 x 1.030 13 57 45 65 -0.076 15 l B-rod C-rod — 1/3.5 55 -0.5 14 43 35 1/2 46 142 14 43 35 1/2 52 148 18 17 22 22 M16 x 1.5 55 -0.2 FY ±0.064 9 32 28 46 11 42 35.5 15 52 12 15 52 15 15 55 15 20 80 65 17 20 100 80 19 15 H ZZ Bore size (mm) — — — — 32 7 14 66 207 40 19 73 226 50 24 85 247 63 30 98 280 80 41 120 310 100 -0.5 45 50 135 325 M39 x 1.5 stroke 1/4 stroke Tolerance G K — f B-rod C-rod FT FX ±0.25 11 37 15 M10 x 1.15 ±0.030 13 57 45 65 -0.5 30 MA E D C-series rod K G H 34 7 -0.5 25 40 M20 x 1.3 ±0.5 35 41 113 295 M30 x 1.5 60 42 35.18 ±0. CH2GFC.5 18 44 44 3/4 75 172 FY SS 40 88 109 30 52 46 95 118 30 52 13 58 115 145 30 55 15 65 132 165 35 65 18 18 87 155 190 35 22 20 109 190 230 40 Rod series Bore size (mm) 67 (mm) B-series rod MM A 32 M16 x 1.18 ±0.5 16 44 44 3/4 65 166 19 22 22 M18 x 1.5 25 24 78 231 M20 x 1.5 35 63 M30 x 1.5 30 30 95 257 M24 x 1.4 40 -0.25 11 36 31 3/8 39 130 11 11 30 3/8 42 130 11 11 27 19 M10 x 1.025 27 22.076 15 100 M48 x 1. CH2FFC.13 ±0.Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Dimensions Front square flange type: CH2EFC.025 27 22.090 16 ZZ MM A — — MA D — — 22 18 e FZ E — 36 Q — 21.036 -0.23 .5 45 80 M39 x 1.5 75 72 56 80 -0.4 40 -0. 15 ±0.064 9 32 28 46 11 14 55 207 19 60 212 M16 x 1.030 13 57 45 65 -0.5 30 30 80 258 M24 x 1.5 55 -0.5 75 72 56 80 -0.5 44 44 3/4 65 184 18 18 18 87 155 190 237 80 65 17 20 25 to 1800 135 102 19 42 22 M18 x 1.5 60 22 18 50 M24 x 1.23 68 .2 ±0.4 40 -0.5 stroke 1/4 stroke Tolerance G -0.25 36 30 3/8 42 141 11 11 11 46 95 118 182 52 52 12 15 15 40 19 M10 x 1.13 ±0.5 44 44 3/4 75 192 20 22 20 109 190 230 252 100 80 19 15 Rod series Bore size (mm) SS e NA (mm) B-series rod MM A 32 M16 x 1. CH2GFD.5 35 41 95 297 M30 x 1.5 43 35 1/2 52 163 15 18 15 65 132 165 213 65 55 15 20 80 17 40 22 M16 x 1.2 FY ±0.5 55 -0.5 25 24 65 233 M20 x 1.076 15 100 M48 x 1.5 30 MA E D C-series rod K G H 34 7 -0. CH2FFD.5 25 40 M20 x 1.5 60 42 35.3 ±0. CH2HFD H+Q+l 8-øFD FY GB 2-Rc P GA H FX J 10 l FX FY C B øe øE øD MM Width across flats G f Air release SS + Q + l + Stroke T ZZ + Q + l + Stroke MA K NB NA F R FT S + Stroke Air release FZ SS + Stroke A ZZ + Stroke (mm) With rod boot Stroke range (mm) B C F GA GB 32 25 to 1400 58 38 16 40 25 to 1400 65 45 12 50 25 to 1400 76 52 63 25 to 1500 90 63 80 25 to 1800 110 Bore size (mm) 100 J FY FZ NB P R S T FD FT FX 32 15 M10 x 1.5 15 32 15 M10 x 1.076 15 Q l B-rod C-rod — 1/3.25 37 31 3/8 39 141 11 11 11 40 88 109 182 52 — 21.4 40 -0.090 16 ZZ MM A — — MA D — — 22 18 E — 36 K — Bore size (mm) H ZZ — — — — 7 14 55 207 40 19 60 228 50 24 70 248 63 30 80 282 80 41 100 312 100 42 35.18 ±0.025 27 22.064 9 32 28 46 11 f B-rod C-rod FT 32 FX ±0.5 35 63 M30 x 1.025 27 22.036 -0.JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Rear square flange type: CH2EFD.18 ±0.030 13 57 45 65 -0.5 45 50 115 327 M39 x 1.5 45 80 M39 x 1.25 43 35 1/2 46 155 13 14 13 58 115 145 198 55 52 15 15 15 42 19 M12 x 1. 5 30 50 M24 x 1.5 60 MA D — — 22 18 E — 36 Q — 21.5 25 24 65 285 M20 x 1.5 45 22 18 72 56 80 e P NA NB -0.5 44 44 3/4 75 192 20 50 40 50 84 40 316 Rod series Bore size (mm) A 32 M16 x 1. CH2FCA.4 40 -0.1 -0.5 stroke 1/4 stroke .25 43 35 1/2 46 155 13 31.5 75 MA E D C-series rod K G H 34 7 -0.5 35 63 M30 x 1.064 9 32 28 46 11 42 35.5 31.5 31.5 30 42 35.076 15 30 80 337.030 13 57 45 65 -0.25 37 40 25 to1400 65 45 12 32 15 M10 x 1.5 25 40 M20 x 1.5 M24 x 1.064 9 32 28 46 11 14 55 250 19 60 255 M16 x 1.5 43 35 1/2 52 163 15 40 31.5 44 44 3/4 65 184 18 40 31.5 M30 x 1.Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Dimensions Single clevis type: CH2ECA.5 15 52 12 15 52 15 15 55 15 20 80 65 17 20 100 80 19 15 H ZZ Bore size (mm) — — — — 32 7 14 55 250 40 +0.5 60 100 69 (mm) B-series rod MM M48 x 1.090 16 50 ZZ 115 431 MM A — — M39 x 1.5 45 80 M39 x 1.043 0 19 60 280 50 +0.4 NB Air release NA F S + Stroke A Air release C B U L RR SS + Stroke ZZ + Stroke (mm) With rod boot Stroke range (mm) B C F GA GB 32 25 to 1400 58 38 16 32 15 M10 x 1.052 0 24 70 327.025 27 22.5 35 41 95 382. CH2GCA.5 20 20 230 25 45 55 M12 x 1.5 291 40 72 22 M18 x 1.5 80 -0.025 27 22.5 261 40 63 65 22 M16 x 1. CH2HCA H+Q+l GA H J GB 2-Rc P R øCDH9 øe øE øD MM 10 Width across flats G f l SS + Q + l + Stroke T ZZ + Q + l + Stroke MA K CX -0.5 55 -0.062 0 — 1/3.5 55 -0.036 -0.5 63 30 80 367.4 40 -0.25 36 50 25 to 1400 76 52 15 40 19 63 25 to 1500 90 63 15 42 19 80 25 to 1800 110 80 17 40 100 25 to 1800 135 102 19 42 Bore size (mm) J R S T CX CD RR SS U L 31 3/8 39 141 11 25 16 16 209 22 38 52 30 3/8 42 141 11 25 16 16 209 22 38 52 M10 x 1.030 13 57 45 65 -0.076 15 41 100 416 l B-rod C-rod Tolerance G K — f B-rod C-rod 100 CDH9 +0. 5 25 24 65 285 M20 x 1.5 63 42 35. CH2FCB.5 261 63 40 20 65 55 15 20 31.064 100 70 .5 291 72 40 20 80 65 17 20 40 84 50 25 100 80 19 15 40 316 Rod series Bore size (mm) (mm) B-series rod MM A 32 M16 x 1.020 -0.5 31.076 15 30 80 367.064 9 32 28 46 11 42 35.5 30 50 M24 x 1. CH2GCB.030 13 57 45 65 -0. CH2HCB H+Q+l GA H J Keeper plate GB 2-Rc P C øE øD øe Width across flats G f l Air release øCDH9/f8 MM 10 R Air release SS + Q + l + Stroke T MA ZZ + Q + l + Stroke K NA L S + Stroke F B RR SS + Stroke A W CX +0.5 55 -0.5 31.053 +0.5 43 35 1/2 52 163 15 40 40 22 M16 x 1.5 44 44 3/4 75 192 20 50 U W 209 38 22 12.5 45 -0.036 -0.025 27 22.5 60 e L CD H9 f8 40 +0.5 80 A MA D — — — — E — — 22 18 41 100 416 f l Q B-rod C-rod — 1/3.064 9 32 28 46 11 14 55 250 19 60 280 24 70 327.025 -0.5 15 209 38 22 12.4 +0.5 52 — 21.5 44 44 3/4 65 184 18 40 42 22 M18 x 1.043 50 +0.5 55 -0.25 43 35 1/2 46 155 13 31.4 40 -0.4 40 -0.5 52 52 12 15 230 45 25 16 55 52 15 15 31.5 25 40 M20 x 1.5 35 41 95 382.25 37 40 25 to 1400 65 45 12 32 15 M10 x 1.076 15 72 56 80 -0.5 60 100 M48 x 1.062 0 -0.025 27 22.052 0 -0.5 M24 x 1.1 W U NB ZZ + Stroke (mm) With rod boot Stroke range (mm) B C F GA GB 32 25 to 1400 58 38 16 32 15 M10 x 1.5 M30 x 1.5 20 20 19 M12 x 1.5 75 MA E D 22 18 34 C-series rod K G H 7 14 55 250 19 60 255 M16 x 1.043 0 -0.5 stroke 1/4 stroke Tolerance K MM M39 x 1.5 35 63 M30 x 1.5 30 30 80 337.5 45 80 M39 x 1.016 -0.JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Double clevis type: CH2ECB.090 16 50 ZZ 115 431 B-rod C-rod G H ZZ Bore size (mm) — — — — 32 36 7 -0.030 13 57 45 65 -0.25 36 50 25 to 1400 76 52 15 40 63 25 to 1500 90 63 15 42 80 25 to 1800 110 80 17 25 to 1800 135 102 19 Bore size (mm) 100 J NA NB P R S T CX CD RR SS 31 3/8 39 141 11 25 16 16 30 3/8 42 141 11 25 16 16 19 M10 x 1. 4 .5 18 44 44 3/4 75 192 20 3 145 40 225 100 80 19 15 100 M RR SS TD TT TX TY TZ B 156 40 53 B-rod C-rod f Q l B-rod C-rod — 1/3.5 60 MA D — — 22 18 E — 36 G H ZZ Bore size (mm) — — — — 32 7 14 55 207 40 19 60 226 50 24 70 247 63 K — Tolerance -0.090 16 ZZ MM A — — 41 95 295 M30 x 1.4 40 -0.25 11 36 30 3/8 42 141 11 2 113 20 28 69 20 109 52 52 12 15 76 52 15 40 19 M10 x 1.25 11 37 31 3/8 39 141 11 2 113 20 28 58 20 98 52 — 21.5 55 -0. ∗2: CH2GTC is limited to 1500mm.030 13 57 45 65 -0.5 43 118 31.3 Air release Air release C f SS + Q + l + Stroke øE øD øe øTDe9 RR NA TT H NB M S + Stroke ZZ + Stroke (mm) Stroke range (mm) Bore size (mm) With rod boot J NA NB P R S T e C F GA GB 32∗1 25 to 1800 58 38 16 32 15 M10 x 1.5 15 40∗1 25 to 1800 50∗1 25 to 1800 65 45 12 32 15 M10 x 1.5 45 50 115 325 M39 x 1.5 35 32 M16 x 1.Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Dimensions Center trunnion type: CH2ETC.5 25 40 M20 x 1.5 16 44 44 3/4 65 184 18 2.5 stroke 1/4 stroke ∗1: CH2GTC is limited to 1400mm.5 161 65 55 15 20 80 17 40 22 M16 x 1.5 25 24 65 231 M20 x 1.5 60 42 35.064 9 32 28 46 11 14 55 207 19 60 212 M16 x 1.112 TX 0 -0.5 30 50 M24 x 1.5 181 80 65 17 20 25 to 1800 135 102 19 42 22 M18 x 1.076 15 100 M48 x 1. CH2HTC H+Q+l A MA R K SS + 1/2 stroke GA 2-Rc P F GB J MM Width across flats G Air release l 10 ZZ + Q + l + Stroke T B TX TZ TY ±0.5 35 63 M30 x 1.025 27 22.5 14 43 35 1/2 52 163 15 2.036 -0.040 -0.25 11 43 35 1/2 46 155 13 2.064 9 32 28 46 11 42 35.5 55 -0.5 121 25 33 85 25 135 55 52 15 15 63∗2 25 to 1800 90 80 25 to 1800 110 63 15 42 19 M12 x 1.3 0 -0.5 43 98 31.4 40 -0.5 132 31.3 TY ±0.030 13 57 45 65 -0. Rod series Bore size (mm) 71 (mm) B-series rod MM A MA E D C-series rod K G H 34 7 -0. CH2FTC. CH2GTC.025 27 22.5 75 72 56 22 18 80 -0.35 0 -0.5 146 31.5 45 80 M39 x 1.092 -0.076 15 30 80 280 80 41 100 310 100 TDe9 -0.5 30 30 80 257 M24 x 1.050 -0. 07 0 M16 x 1.5 63 50 M8 x 1. 80 44 18 24 ±0.5 9 M8 x 12l NTH-050 40 27 31.5 31 25 M5 x 0.5 4.5 31.07 0 M16 x 1.5 NTH-125 100 70 80.0 30 20 24 M8 x 1.5 6.0 30 185 145 57 79 40 +0. B A 32 40 50 63 80 100 40 50 63 80 100 B C D d E J H K L l P 76 60 41 32 16 +0.1 0 M24 x 1.25 145 115 75 60 31.8 18 1.4 +0.5 4.016 -0.5 +0.3 40 17 M30 x 1.5 0 M30 x 1.5 40 40 M6 x 1.1 0 M39 x 1.07 0 M16 x 1.8 29 CDH-10 100 -0.5 54 20 M39 x 1.8 16 76 60 25 32 16 +0.8 90 70 50 40 20 +0.5 40 C 2 117 B Part no.5 +0.5 +0.5 40 M6 x 1. keeper plate and cap bolt are included with a double knuckle joint.5 KP-10 100 44 22 26 ±0.084 0 M24 x 1.5 M5 x 0.1 0 M39 x 1.5 M5 x 0.5 50 40 M6 x 1. Part no.043 1 CDH-08 63.1 0 M39 x 1.5 NTH-100 80 55 63.8 16 76 60 25 32 16 +0.2 2-ød 72 .0 20 16 20 M6 x 1.084 0 M20 x 1.5 0 M24 x 1.4 C K 32 40 50 63 80 100 40 50 63 80 100 IH2-03B IH2-04B IH2-05B B-series IH2-06B IH2-08B IH2-10B IH2-03B IH2-05C C-series IH2-06C IH2-06B IH2-10C J E F Bore size (mm) A Part no.25 40 25 26 M10 x 1.5 31.8 20 145 115 45 +0.8 69 26 M48 x 1.07 0 M20 x 1.8 16 12. 40 16 -0.0 90 70 50 40 20 +0.1 0 M30 x 1.5 40 M6 x 1. 50 32 12 20 ±0.5 26 25 M5 x 0.5 20 M6 x 1.043 1 62 2.8 16 12.5 Note) The pin.8 14 CDH-05 50 20 76. Keeper plate Rod end nut Material: Rolled steel Material: Carbon steel 30° d JIS class 2 thread m T H H Bore size (mm) B C D H d M6 x 10l NTH-040 32 22 25.5 61 40 M6 x 1.07 0 M20 x 1.25 185 145 95 80 40 +0.4 21 10 M16 x 1.1 0 M39 x 1.4 21 10 M16 x 1.25 40 25 26 M10 x 1.084 0 M20 x 1.5 11.1 L C ødH10 L J K Bore size (mm) A Part no. 40.5 M5 x 0.0 76 60 41 32 16 +0.1 0 M30 x 1.5 +0.8 20 145 115 45 60 31.5 NTH-060 63 32 37 31 14 M24 x 1.5 40 M6 x 1.5 25 M5 x 0.5 76 60 41 32 16 +0.5 M5 x 0.5 36 31.8 20 16 20 M6 x 1.8 16 12.016 -0.15 øDf8 m C-series L C Part no.3 40 17 M30 x 1.5 93 3.5 50 M8 x 1.5 NTH-080 80 41 47.5 +0.5 54 20 M39 x 1.1 -0. Material: Rolled steel C øD B l ±0.5 25 M5 x 0.5 20 M6 x 1.0 30 20 24 M8 x 1. 80 6 6. B A B C d D E F H J K 76 60 25 32 16 +0.0 145 115 75 60 31.5 NTH-040 40 22 25.2 26 12 M20 x 1.5 31 31.0 30 145 115 45 +0.016 -0.5 40 M6 x 1.3 35 Df8 31. Bore size (mm) L m T d CDH-04 32.2 9 4.1 60 31.5 50 M8 x 1.0 30 185 145 57 79 40 +0.JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Accessories (optional) Single knuckle joint Material: Cast iron Rod series ødH10 øD H -0.5 25 M5 x 0.043 -0.1 0 M48 x 1.0 145 115 75 60 31.5 NTH-080 63 41 47.5 NTH-050 50 27 31.0 30 20 24 M8 x 1.5 3.25 40 M5 x 0.2 26 12 M20 x 1.5 76 50 M8 x 1.0 30 20 24 M8 x 1.8 16 90 70 30 40 20 +0.5 NTH-100 100 55 63.25 185 145 95 80 40 +0.016 -0.2 6 4.1 60 31.5 KP-08 63.5 20 M6 x 1.5 50 40 M6 x 1.5 +0.043 -0.5 4.084 0 M24 x 1.1 0 M48 x 1.15 0 C 0 H -0.5 26 25 90 70 30 40 20 +0.5 M10 x 14l NTH-060 50 32 37 31 14 M24 x 1.5 Bore size (mm) B H l m T d KP-05 32.1 0 M30 x 1.0 30 145 115 45 60 31.2 11 6 Cap bolt Rod series B-series Double clevis/Double knuckle pin t +0.07 0 M16 x 1.25 40 Double knuckle joint Material: Cast iron 2-P keeper plate mounting screw Rod series l YH2-03B YH2-04B YH2-05B B-series YH2-06B YH2-08B YH2-10B YH2-03B YH2-05C C-series YH2-06C YH2-06B YH2-10C E øD H +0.25 145 115 75 60 31. A Auto switch Approx.6) Approx. D-K39 A 36 49 A Auto switch G 1/2 (applicable cable O. D-K59 D-G5W. D-G5NTL A A 33 Auto switch G 1/2 (applicable cable O. D-F59F A 33 (30) Dimensions inside ( ) are for solid state switch. Hs Approx.D. Ht <Tie-rod mount type> Reed switches D-A5.8 to ø9.5) Approx.8 to ø11.D ø6. Hs Reed switch 56 D-A44 A 49. D-A6 D-A59W Solid state switches D-F5. ø6.Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Auto Switch Specifications Auto Switches: Proper Mounting Positions and Mounting Heights for Stroke End Detection Approx. D-J59W D-F5BAL.5 D-B5. D-K59W D-G5BAL D-G59F. D-B6. Ht Approx. Hs Reed switch D-A3 34 56 Solid state switches D-G39. D-J5 D-F5NTL D-F5W. Hs <Band mount type> 12 Reed switches 24.5 A Auto switch 73 . D-B59W Solid state switches D-G5. 5 42 36.5 67 66.5 67 67.5 78 88 CH2F 41.5 80 Proper auto switch mounting positions Auto switch type Bore size (mm) D-A5. 74 .JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Auto switch mounting heights Hs 32 40 50 63 D-F5.5 55. D-A6 D-A59W Bore size (mm) Unit: mm Ht Hs D-B5.5 21 19.5 25. D-K59W D-G59F D-G5BAL.5 59 93. D-G5NTL D-A3 D-G39. D-F59F D-F5NTL D-A5.5 32.5 67 68 102.5 38 33.5 — — CH2F 34.5 30.5 35 29.5 33.5 80 23 27 29. D-G5NTL D-B59W A A A A A A A A 32 15 Note) 19 21.5 36.5 41.5 29.5 29.5 36.5 17 15.5 67 69.5 28 26.5 41.5 43 46.5 38 72.5 26.5 67. D-K59 D-G5W.5 29.5 34. D-K59 D-B5. D-J59W D-F5BAL.5 56. D-A44 D-G39.5 26.5 18.5 85 CH2E 58.5 55.5 57.5 77 87 CH2E 48.5 85 95 93 CH2F 46.5 18 16.5 30 32 — — CH2H 34.5 32.5 32.5 94 104 CH2E 66.5 37.5 57 55.5 81.5 34.5 63 19 23 25.5 18 16.5 92 102 CH2H 59 55.5 Note) Auto switch models D-A3. D-K39 D-A44 Ht Hs Hs Hs CH2E 35 29. D-J59W D-F5BAL D-F59F D-F5NTL D-G5.5 26.5 27.5 29.5 76 86 CH2H 42 36 42 36 42. D-K59W D-G5BAL D-G59F.5 50 16 20 22.5 104 114 100 CH2F CH2H 65.5 43. D-G39 and D-K39 cannot be mounted on ø32 bore size cylinders. D-J5 D-F5W. D-J5 D-F5W.5 CH2E 43 36.5 59.5 22.5 115.5 82. D-A44.5 67 65.5 71 81 CH2H 38 33 38 33 37 71.5 95 CH2F 56.5 38.5 36.5 26.5 103.5 55.5 43 47 43 50.5 33.5 — — CH2E 38.5 112.5 100 26 30 32.5 43 48.5 19.5 57.5 CH2F 38 33.5 55. D-A6 D-A3. D-K39 D-A59W D-F5.5 40 16 20 22.5 25 23.5 19. D-B64 D-G5W.5 30 34.5 27.5 36.5 83 CH2H 48.5 67 71 105. D-B6 D-B59W D-G5.5 43 47 43 50. A1 A3 A4 A5 Dimension for ∗ ød-2 øD-2 If dimensions other than the above are necessary. 1 Modification of Rod End Configuration CH2 Series Mounting type Rod size series Bore size Stroke Cylinder options X A0 Indicate the rod end configuration pattern symbol A1 A2 A3 CO. A3. A0 øD Width across flats Note) Male thread effective length should be no more than 100mm.Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Made to Order Specifications to Made Order Contact SMC for detailed specifications. A4 and A5 are provided in the table below. and only the H dimension or MM dimension is changed. indicate the H dimension or MM dimension. . Pattern 30° 30 ° ød 30° 30° 30° Width across flats Width across flats When the rod end configuration is the same as the standard type. F Note) Male thread effective length should be no more than 100mm.5 øD ∗ ød øD øD ∗ ød 30° 30° 30° 30° Width across flats F F A4 F A5 A6 øD ød øD ∗ øD 30° 30° ød ∗ F Width across flats F Note) Female thread effective depth should be no more than twice the thread diameter. lead times. Note) Dimensions indicated with an asterisk (∗) in the patterns A1. 75 ∗ Please indicate the desired dimensions on the bold lines provided in the drawings. A7 F Note) Male thread effective length should be no more than 100mm. please indicate as such. and prices. 76 . 12V –– 3-wire (PNP) — –– 100V.) –– Reed switch Yes Grommet No — Terminal conduit Yes DIN terminal Diagnostic indication (2-color display) Grommet Solid state switch Grommet — Terminal conduit Diagnostic indication (2-color display) Water resistant (2-color display) With timer With diagnostic output (2-color display) Grommet ∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.. F5NTL and F5BAL is 3m.. 12V 5V.. 12V 200V or less 24V –– 12V 100V.. Refer to page 79 for minimum strokes with auto switch. Note) • The standard lead wire length is 0. 200V 12V –– 5V. • Solid state switches marked "" are produced upon receipt of order. 3 pcs.. the standard length for G5NTL. PLC PLC IC circuit Relay. Electrical entry Indicator light Applicable Auto Switches: 32mm 40mm 50mm 63mm 80mm 100mm Load voltage Wiring (output) DC AC –– 5V –– 12V 100V..5MPa Stainless steel F 7MPa N R H Without rod end nut With rod end nut With double side cushion Without cushion With front cushion With rear cushion ∗ Indicate in alphabetical order. 1 pc. do not indicate any auto switch type symbol.. 200V 2-wire 12V 3-wire (NPN) 5V.. ø100 How to Order Auto switch type Type: Double acting/Double Rod Number of auto switches Without auto switch Nil Nil ∗ Select applicable auto switch models from the table below. 12V 3-wire (PNP) 24V –– 2-wire 12V 3-wire (NPN) 4-wire (NPN) 5V. "n" pcs. PLC PLC IC circuit –– –– Relay PLC IC circuit –– IC circuit –– IC circuit Relay PLC –– IC circuit ∗∗ Cannot be mounted on ø32 bore size cylinders..5 (Nil) –– –– –– –– –– –– –– 3 (L) –– –– –– –– –– 5 (Z) –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– –– Applicable load –– PLC Relay. Z A53Z 77 Yes 2-wire — –– 3-wire (NPN) 24V 5V..5m . ø63..JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Double Rod Series CH2EW/CH2FW 3.. Basic type Transaxial foot type Axial foot type Front rectangular flange type Front square flange type Center trunnion type Rod size series B C B-series rod size C-series rod size Port and cushion valve positions ∗ Refer to page 78. G5BAL. L A53L 5m . With Auto Switch CH2 F W LA 50 B 100 CHD2 F W LA 50 B 100 A53 Cylinder options With auto switch (built-in magnet) Rod end nut Nil A Nil Series type Cushion Symbol Tube material Nominal pressure Aluminum alloy E 3. However. 200V 3-wire (NPN equiv. .5MPa 7 MPa ø32. Cylinder stroke (mm) Mounting types B LA LB FA FC TC 2 pcs. for cylinders with built-in magnets In the case of cylinders with built-in magnets but no auto switches.. S 3 n Refer to the standard stroke table on page 78. 12V 2-wire 12V 3-wire (NPN) 5V.. ø40.5m. Nil (Example) A53 3m .. 12V Auto switch type Tie-rod Band mount mount –– A56 B53 A53 B54 A54 –– A67 B64 A64 A33∗∗ –– A34∗∗ –– A44∗∗ –– B59W A59W G59 F59 G5P F5P –– J51 K59 J59 –– G39∗∗ –– K39∗∗ F59W G59W F5PW G5PW J59W K59W F5BA G5BA F5NT G5NT F59F G59F Lead wire length (m)∗ 0.. ø80... ø50. Bore size 32 40 50 63 80 100 Type Special function Part nos. (Example) CHD2FWLA50-100 Refer to pages 115 to 119 for auto switch switch specifications... 40. 50 BDS-05M BAF-05 BT-06 Port and Cushion Valve Positions 63 BDS-06M BAF-06 BT-08 80 BDS-08M BAF-08 BT-16 Symbol 100 BDS-10M BAF-10 BT-18 Position Mounting type Nil A C D E F G H Port: Top Port: Right Port: Left Port: Top Port: Top Port: Right Port: Right Port: Left Cushion valve: Cushion valve: Cushion valve: Cushion valve: Cushion valve: Cushion valve: Cushion valve: Cushion valve: Right Bottom Top Left Bottom Top Left Right B (Basic Type) FA. 78 . D-B6 D-A5. FY.8 0 mm +1. Then make your selection. D-K5 D-F5. starting with page 123 to determine stroke limitation depending on the type of mounting brackets that will be used. D-K3 D-G5.3MPa Without auto switch: –10° to 80°C Ambient and fluid temperature With auto switch: –10° to 60°C Piston speed 8 to 300mm/s Cushion Cushion seal type Rod end threads Male threads Thread tolerance JIS class 2 +0. D-A4 D-B5. 50. D-A6 (mm) D-G3. Model Auto switch type Bore size D-A3. 101 to 250mm +1.5MPa C-rod: 11MPa Proof pressure 5.5MPa 7MPa Maximum allowable pressure 3.0MPa 10. CB (Single clevis type) TC (Center trunnion type) LA.0 0 mm .5MPa 7 32. 631 to 1000mm 0 mm Stroke length tolerance Note) Refer to page 136 for definitions of terms related to pressure. FC. D-J5 CH2E CH2F 32 — BA-32 BT-06 40 BD1-04M BA-04 BT-06 50 BD1-05M BA-05 BT-06 63 BD1-06M BA-06 BT-08 Standard Strokes Bore size (mm) Standard strokes (mm) 32 25 to 800 40 25 to 800 50 25 to 800 63 25 to 800 80 BD1-08M BA-08 BT-16 80 25 to 1000 100 BD1-10M BA-10 BT-18 100 25 to 1000 32 — BAF-32 BT-06 40 BDS-04M BAF-04 BT-06 Note) Refer to the stroke selection Table in Technical Data 2. LB (Foot type) : Piping port : Cushion valve ∗ The cylinder's exterior dimensions represented here are as seen from the end rod of the cylinder. 100mm Bore size Applicable Auto switch mounting Applicable Specifications to Made Order Double acting/Double rod Action Pages 75 to 76 Hydraulic fluid Fluid JIS symbol CH2FW CH2EW Model Nominal pressure 3. +1.JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Double Rod Series CH2EW/CH2FW Models Model Tube material Nominal pressure CH2EW CH2FW Aluminum alloy Stainless steel 3. FB. 63.5MPa Minimum operating pressure 0. 80.25 mm 0 to 100mm .4 251 to 630mm . Auto Switch mounting Bracket Part Nos.FZ (Flange type) CA. FD.5MPa B-rod: 13. 40 4.93 3.01 4.23 27.73 3.5 45 56 18 22.43 3.09 8.29 10.26 3.35 19.70 17.59 18.24 0.91 19.74 19.15 18.05 10.44 3.08 0.08 0.27 9.95 10.36 24.5 2748 1923 4311 3017 6735 4715 10632 7442 17172 12020 26941 18859 5008 3506 7843 5490 12501 8751 20174 14121 31302 21911 7 3847 6035 9429 14885 24041 37718 7012 10980 17502 28243 43823 .10 0.48 16.47 24.29 0. Double Knuckle Lock nut.17 7. 79 550 862 1347 2126 3434 5388 1002 1569 2500 4035 6260 1 550 862 1347 2126 3434 5388 1002 1569 2500 4035 6260 Nominal pressure (MPa) 5 3.98 10.86 0.82 3.16 15.76 20.91 11.58 15.4 28 C-series — 18 40 50 63 80 35.41 23.01 8.94 2.78 17.79 3.41 4.38 7.32 12.4 28 35.86 14.00 14.12 5.83 4.11 11.07 12.63 32.21 6.87 13.71 6.28 24.29 28.75 9.29 7.4 28 100 56 35.33 4.32 4.74 3.24 24.04 20.29 7.07 0.71 32.04 0.06 10.41 0.92 5.69 17.51 28.78 4.47 17.21 7.14 0.14 0.94 24.33 4.40 16.38 7.21 0.30 Theoretical Output Cushion Stroke Unit: N Bore size (mm) Effective cushion stroke 16 16 17 16 20 23 Auto Switches: Proper Mounting Positions and Mounting Heights for Stroke End Detection Same as double acting/single rod: Refer to page 74.37 7.95 29.36 10.97 8.33 8.34 11.65 12.68 B LA FC TC LB Basic Transaxial foot Square flange Center trunnion Axial foot 3.81 8.63 13. CH2E CH2F CH2E CH2F CH2E CH2F CH2E CH2F CH2E CH2F B LA FC TC LB Basic Transaxial foot Square flange Center trunnion Axial foot 2. Accessories (optional) Refer to page 72.18 0.19 11.Series CH2EW/CH2FW Rod Sizes (mm) Weights Unit: kg Bore size (mm) Rod size series∗ 32 B-series 18 22.30 7.36 16.91 4.25 16.37 6.38 25.17 0.07 0.30 7.62 FA Additional Rectangular weight flange (per 10mm stroke) (7MPa) 3. Knuckle pin 100 CH2E CH2F CH2E CH2F CH2E CH2F CH2E CH2F CH2E CH2F CH2E CH2F Mounting type Hydraulic fluid Compatibility Standard mineral hydraulic fluid Compatible W/O hydraulic fluid Compatible O/W hydraulic fluid Compatible ∗ Water/Glycol hydraulic fluid 40 C-series rod Hydraulic Fluid Compatibility Bore size (mm) Model 63 80 100 Not compatible Phosphate hydraulic fluid 50 ∗ Consult with SMC.79 6.06 19.4 28 35.82 21.05 6.91 3.35 11.04 0.37 10.11 9.17 0.5 45 22. B-series rod 32 40 50 63 80 100 C-series rod Bore size (mm) (mm) 32 40 50 63 80 100 40 50 63 80 100 Rod size Piston area (mm²) (mm) 18 22.08 0.41 4.72 25.37 4.57 31.17 8.80 0.42 4.06 3.85 4.07 0.5 Mounting type Bore size (mm) Model 32 45 B-series rod ∗ Based on JIS B8367.09 0.18 23.92 16.56 13.01 6.71 13.07 11.43 4.76 19.5 45 Minimum Strokes for Auto Switch Mounting Refer to the table for double acting/single rod on page 58.04 5.67 4.02 16.05 26. 40 50 63 80 Single knuckle.93 3.80 8.23 12.42 25.88 8.27 31.26 0.20 5.46 FA Additional Rectangular weight flange (per 10mm stroke ) (7MPa) 4.92 20.77 17.45 7.61 25.36 21.38 3.44 8. JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Double Rod Series CH2EW/CH2FW Construction Parts list Replacement parts: Seal kits Description No. 23 through 32 from the chart at left ∗ Seal kits consist of items 23 through 32 and can be ordered using the seal kit number for each bore size. B-series rod C-series rod 32 CH2EW32B-PS CH2FW32B-PS CH2EW32C-PS CH2FW32C-PS 40 CH2EW40B-PS CH2FW40B-PS CH2EW40C-PS CH2FW40C-PS 50 CH2EW50B-PS CH2FW50B-PS CH2EW50C-PS CH2FW50C-PS 63 CH2EW63B-PS CH2FW63B-PS CH2EW63C-PS CH2FW63C-PS 80 CH2EW80B-PS CH2FW80B-PS CH2EW80C-PS CH2FW80C-PS 100 CH2EW100B-PS CH2FW100B-PS CH2EW100C-PS CH2FW100C-PS Kit components Nos. Alloy steel Carbon steel Alloy steel Bearing steel 20 Spring pin (B-series rod) Carbon tool steel 21 Spring pin (C-series rod) Carbon tool steel 22 Snap ring Carbon tool steel 23 Scraper (B-series rod) NBR 24 Scraper (C-series rod) NBR 25 Rod seal (B-series rod) NBR 26 Rod seal (C-series rod) NBR 27 Piston seal NBR 28 Cylinder tube gasket NBR 29 Holder gasket NBR 30 Cushion valve seal NBR 31 Cushion seal Bore size (mm) – 32 Gasket NBR 33 Magnet – 80 . Material 1 Rod cover Carbon steel 2 Seal holder (B-series rod) Carbon steel 3 Seal holder (C-series rod) Carbon steel 4 Retainer Note Carbon steel CH2E Aluminum alloy 5 Cylinder tube 6 Piston 7 Cushion ring Rolled steel 8 Bushing (B-series rod) Copper alloy 9 Hard anodized CH2F Stainless steel Aluminum alloy Bushing (C-series rod) Copper alloy 10 Piston rod A (B-series rod) Carbon steel Hard chromium electroplated 11 Piston rod A (C-series rod) Carbon steel Hard chromium electroplated 12 Piston rod B (B-series rod) Carbon steel Hard chromium electroplated 13 Piston rod B (C-series rod) Carbon steel Hard chromium electroplated 14 Tie-rod Carbon steel 15 Tie-rod nut Carbon steel 16 Cushion valve 17 Lock nut 18 Air release valve 19 Check ball Seal kit no. 4 40 50 M24 x 1. CH2FWB M R 2-Rc P GA GA J øD øE øD Width across flats G C Width across flats G MA MA B A øE MM MM K Air release NA F T NA T F K S + Stroke H A H + Stroke ZZ + 2 strokes (mm) Stroke range (mm) B C F GA J M NA P R S T 32 25 to 800 58 38 16 32 M10 x 1.25 11 36 3/8 42 158 11 50 25 to 800 76 52 15 40 M10 x 1.Series CH2EW/CH2FW Dimensions Basic type: CH2EWB.5 25 22 18 36 11 24 65 306 M20 x 1.064 — — -0.5 45 42 35.5 35 32 28 46 65 -0.076 K G H — — — ZZ — 7 14 55 268 9 19 60 296 11 24 70 326 13 30 80 362 15 41 100 412 .5 25 22 18 34 40 M20 x 1.5 60 57 45 65 -0.25 11 43 1/2 46 176 13 63 25 to 800 90 63 15 42 M12 x 1.025 -0.5 60 57 45 100 M48 x 1.030 -0.5 45 42 35.5 55 80 M39 x 1.5 30 27 22.4 40 13 30 80 346 M24 x 1.5 18 44 3/4 75 212 20 Bore size (mm) Rod series (mm) B-series rod Bore size (mm) MM A MA D 32 M16 x 1.5 35 32 28 46 63 M30 x 1.5 14 43 1/2 52 186 15 80 25 to 1000 110 80 17 40 M16 x 1.025 -0.030 -0.036 -0.5 55 80 -0.090 16 50 115 442 M39 x 1.5 30 27 22.064 -0.25 11 37 3/8 39 158 11 40 25 to 800 65 45 12 32 M10 x 1.5 75 72 56 81 E C-series rod E K G H ZZ MM A MA D 7 14 55 268 — — — — 9 19 60 278 M16 x 1.5 16 44 3/4 65 202 18 100 25 to 1000 135 102 19 42 M18 x 1.076 15 41 95 392 M30 x 1. 5 60 57 45 65 -0.025 -0.5 25 22 18 36 11 24 78 306 M20 x 1.5 80 25 to 1000 190 110 80 18 11 22 100 25 to 1000 230 135 102 22 11 22 J LH LT LW M10 x 1.15 ±0.076 15 41 113 392 M30 x 1.030 -0.5 75 72 56 E C-series rod K G H ZZ MM A MA D 7 14 66 268 — — — — 9 19 71 278 M16 x 1.5 60 57 45 100 M48 x 1.076 K G H — — — ZZ — 7 14 66 268 9 19 73 296 11 24 85 326 13 30 98 362 15 41 120 412 82 . CH2FWLA S + Stroke H B F LW NA LW F NA GA GA J J MM øD øD øE LH MM øE R H + Stroke 2-Rc P Width across flats G LT Width across flats G 4-øCD C MA LX K X A BB Y Y X Z + Stroke SS K M MA SS + Stroke A ZZ + 2 strokes (mm) Bore size (mm) Stroke range (mm) BB B C CD F GA 32 25 to 800 109 58 38 11 14 21 40 25 to 800 118 65 45 11 10 21 50 25 to 800 145 76 52 14 10 27 M10 x 1.025 -0.5 30 27 22.5 45 42 35.5 35 32 28 46 65 -0.25 37.25 35 14 13 M10 x 1.25 LX M NA P R S SS X Y Z 88 11 37 3/8 39 136 57 29 14 104 95 ±0.030 -0.036 -0.064 -0.5 45 42 35.064 E — — -0.5 55 80 -0.23 18 44 3/4 75 172 85 53 22 122 Rod series (mm) B-series rod Bore size (mm) MM A MA D 32 M16 x 1.5 25 22 18 34 40 M20 x 1.18 11 36 3/8 42 136 57 29 14 104 115 11 43 1/2 46 150 60 35 18 116 20 132 43 1/2 52 156 71 41 19 114 24 24 155 ±0.4 40 50 M24 x 1.5 35 32 28 46 63 M30 x 1.090 16 50 135 442 M39 x 1.20 14 16 44 3/4 65 166 74 45 20 124 27 28 190 ±0.5 55 80 M39 x 1.5 30 27 22.5 71 ±0.25 45 63 25 to 800 165 90 63 18 10 27 M12 x 1.5 14 13 17 18 50 19 M16 x 1.JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Double Rod Series CH2EW/CH2FW Transaxial foot type: CH2EWLA.5 60 M18 x 1.4 40 13 30 95 346 M24 x 1. 13 11 36 3/8 42 158 220 11 32 13 222 37 58 11 43 1/2 46 176 241 13 35 15 246 10 45 65 43 1/2 52 186 263 15 42 18 270 12 50 87 ±0.4 40 13 30 80 346 M24 x 1.030 -0.036 -0. CH2FWLB H + Stroke H B SS + Stroke R A J K GA F F GA 2-Rc P K MA øD øD MM Width across flats G 4-øCD T LT LW LH øE MM LX A M MA Y1 Air release NA NA BB Width across flats G T S + Stroke X1 øE C X1 Y1 Z + Stroke ZZ + 2 strokes (mm) Bore size (mm) Stroke range (mm) BB B C CD F GA 32 25 to 800 62 58 38 11 16 40 25 to 800 69 65 45 11 12 50 25 to 800 85 76 52 14 15 40 M10 x 1.5 55 80 M39 x 1.076 K G H — — — ZZ — 7 14 55 268 9 19 60 296 11 24 70 326 13 30 80 362 15 41 100 412 .5 30 27 22.064 E — — -0.030 -0.5 30 27 22.5 85 ±0.064 -0.5 80 25 to 1000 118 110 80 18 17 100 25 to 1000 150 135 102 22 19 J LH LT LW 32 M10 x 1.090 16 50 115 442 M39 x 1.5 60 57 45 65 -0.5 25 22 18 34 E 40 M20 x 1.25 43 8 33 8 60 40 M16 x 1.15 ±0.5 75 72 56 C-series rod K G H ZZ MM A MA D 7 14 55 268 — — — — 9 19 60 278 M16 x 1.5 45 42 35.5 25 22 18 36 11 24 65 306 M20 x 1.25 40 8 30 32 M10 x 1.4 40 50 M24 x 1.18 18 44 3/4 75 212 307 20 55 23 322 Rod series Bore size (mm) 83 (mm) B-series rod MM A MA D 32 M16 x 1.076 15 41 95 392 M30 x 1.025 -0.25 50 63 25 to 800 98 90 63 18 15 42 M12 x 1.25 LX M NA P R S SS T X1 Y1 Z 40 11 37 3/8 39 158 220 11 32 13 222 46 ±0.5 35 32 28 46 65 -0.5 55 80 -0.5 45 42 35.5 60 57 45 100 M48 x 1.025 -0.15 14 16 44 3/4 65 202 287 18 50 20 302 12 55 109 ±0.Series CH2EW/CH2FW Dimensions Axial foot type: CH2EWLB.5 35 32 28 46 63 M30 x 1.5 72 42 M18 x 1. JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Series CH2EW/CH2FW Double Acting/Double Rod Front rectangular flange type: CH2EWFA, CH2FWFA R GA1 F 2-Rc P GA2 J MM øD øE øD FY BB MM Width across flats G Width across flats G C MA B A M K SS FX øE 4-øFD FT Air release NA NA MA K T F A H + Stroke S + Stroke H ZZ + 2 strokes FZ (mm) Bore size (mm) Stroke range (mm) BB B C F FD 32 25 to 800 62 58 38 16 11 11 40 25 to 800 69 65 45 12 11 11 50 25 to 800 85 76 52 15 14 13 63 25 to 800 98 90 63 15 18 80 25 to 1000 118 110 80 17 100 25 to 1000 150 135 102 19 FT FX FY FZ GA1 GA2 NA P R S SS T 21 32 M10 x 1.25 11 37 3/8 39 136 30 11 21 32 M10 x 1.25 11 36 3/8 42 136 30 11 ±0.15 145 27 40 M10 x 1.25 11 43 1/2 46 150 30 13 165 27 42 M12 x 1.5 14 43 1/2 52 156 35 15 ±0.18 190 22 40 M16 x 1.5 16 44 3/4 65 166 35 18 230 22 42 M18 x 1.5 18 44 3/4 75 172 40 20 115 58 15 132 65 18 18 155 22 20 ±0.3 M 109 40 ±0.13 118 95 ±0.18 46 88 ±0.2 J ±0.2 87 190 ±0.23 109 Rod series (mm) B-series rod Bore size (mm) MM A MA D 32 M16 x 1.5 25 22 18 34 40 M20 x 1.5 30 27 22.4 40 50 M24 x 1.5 35 32 28 46 63 M30 x 1.5 45 42 35.5 55 80 M39 x 1.5 60 57 45 65 -0.030 -0.076 100 M48 x 1.5 75 72 56 80 -0.036 -0.090 E -0.025 -0.064 C-series rod K G H ZZ MM A MA D 7 14 66 268 — — — — E 9 19 71 278 M16 x 1.5 25 22 18 36 11 24 78 306 M20 x 1.5 30 27 22.4 40 13 30 95 346 M24 x 1.5 35 32 28 46 15 41 113 392 M30 x 1.5 45 42 35.5 55 16 50 135 442 M39 x 1.5 60 57 45 65 — — -0.025 -0.064 -0.030 -0.076 K G H — — — ZZ — 7 14 66 268 9 19 73 296 11 24 85 326 13 30 98 362 15 41 120 412 84 Series CH2EW/CH2FW Dimensions Square flange type: CH2EWFC, CH2FWFC GA GA H 2-Rc P J øD øE MM øD B FX FY MM Width across flats G Width across flats G Air release MA R Air release FZ A øE 8-øFD FX C FY F K SS M NA NA FT K T F MA A H + Stroke S + Stroke ZZ + 2 strokes (mm) Bore size (mm) Stroke range (mm) 32 40 B C F FD FT FX 25 to 800 58 38 16 11 11 40 25 to 800 65 45 12 11 11 46 50 25 to 800 76 52 15 14 13 63 25 to 800 90 63 15 18 15 65 80 25 to 1000 110 80 17 18 18 87 100 25 to 1000 135 102 19 22 20 ±0.2 ±0.3 58 109 FY FZ GA J M NA P R S SS T 109 21 M10 x 1.25 11 37 3/8 39 136 30 11 95 ±0.18 118 21 M10 x 1.25 11 36 3/8 42 136 30 11 ±0.13 88 ±0.15 115 145 27 M10 x 1.25 11 43 1/2 46 150 30 13 132 165 27 M12 x 1.5 14 43 1/2 52 156 35 15 190 22 M16 x 1.5 16 44 3/4 65 166 35 18 190 ±0.23 230 22 M18 x 1.5 18 44 3/4 75 172 40 20 ±0.18 155 ±0.2 Rod series Bore size (mm) (mm) B-series rod MM A MA D 32 M16 x 1.5 25 22 18 34 40 M20 x 1.5 30 27 22.4 40 50 M24 x 1.5 35 32 28 46 63 M30 x 1.5 45 42 35.5 55 80 M39 x 1.5 60 57 45 100 M48 x 1.5 75 72 56 85 E C-series rod K G H ZZ MM A MA D 7 14 66 268 — — — — 9 19 71 278 M16 x 1.5 25 22 18 36 11 24 78 306 M20 x 1.5 30 27 22.4 40 13 30 95 346 M24 x 1.5 35 32 28 46 65 -0.030 -0.076 15 41 113 392 M30 x 1.5 45 42 35.5 55 80 -0.036 -0.090 16 50 135 442 M39 x 1.5 60 57 45 65 -0.025 -0.064 E — — -0.025 -0.064 -0.030 -0.076 K G H — — — ZZ — 7 14 66 268 9 19 73 296 11 24 85 326 13 30 98 362 15 41 120 412 JIS Standard Hydraulic Cylinder Series CH2EW/CH2FW Double Acting/Double Rod Center trunnion type: CH2EWTC, CH2FWTC K SS + 1/2 stroke A K MA R GA F A F GA 2-Rc P MA J MM MM T B TY ±0.3 Width across flats G Width across flats G C Air release NA Air release TT NA T M S + Stroke H TY ±0.3 TX øE øD øE øD øTDe9 RR H + Stroke ZZ + 2 strokes TZ (mm) Bore size (mm) Stroke range (mm) B C F GA J M NA P R RR 32 25 to 800 58 38 16 32 M10 x 1.25 11 37 3/8 39 40 25 to 800 65 45 12 32 M10 x 1.25 11 36 3/8 42 50 25 to 800 76 52 15 40 M10 x 1.25 11 43 1/2 63 25 to 800 90 63 15 42 M12 x 1.5 14 43 1/2 80 25 to 1000 110 80 17 40 M16 x 1.5 16 44 100 25 to 1000 135 102 19 42 M18 x 1.5 18 44 S SS T TDe9 2 158 113 11 20 2 158 113 11 20 46 2.5 176 121 13 52 2.5 186 132 15 3/4 65 2.5 202 146 18 31.5 3/4 75 3 212 156 20 40 TT TX 28 58 28 69 25 33 85 31.5 43 98 43 53 -0.040 -0.092 -0.050 -0.112 TY 0 -0.3 TZ 20 98 20 109 135 118 25 0 31.5 -0.35 31.5 145 0 -0.4 225 40 Rod series 161 181 (mm) B-series rod Bore size (mm) MM A MA D 32 M16 x 1.5 25 22 18 34 40 M20 x 1.5 30 27 22.4 40 50 M24 x 1.5 35 32 28 46 63 M30 x 1.5 45 42 35.5 55 80 M39 x 1.5 60 57 45 100 M48 x 1.5 75 72 56 E C-series rod K G H ZZ MM A MA D 7 14 55 268 — — — — 9 19 60 278 M16 x 1.5 25 22 18 36 11 24 65 306 M20 x 1.5 30 27 22.4 40 -0.030 13 30 80 346 M24 x 1.5 35 32 28 46 65 -0.076 15 41 95 392 M30 x 1.5 45 42 35.5 55 80 -0.036 -0.090 16 50 115 442 M39 x 1.5 60 57 45 65 -0.025 -0.064 E — — -0.025 K G H — — — ZZ — 7 14 55 268 9 19 60 296 11 24 70 326 -0.030 13 30 80 362 -0.076 15 41 100 412 -0.064 86 12V 12V 3-wire (NPN) 2-wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire Grommet 24V 5V.Tie-rod Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod Series CHA 3. Electrical entry Indicator light Type Applicable Auto Switches: Load voltage Wiring (output) 3-wire (NPN equiv.) Reed switch Yes Grommet No 2-wire Terminal conduit — Grommet Solid state switch 2-wire Terminal conduit Yes Latch type with diagnostic output (2-color display) ∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5MPa ø40. 3 pcs... ø100... A34 Number of auto switches With auto switch (built-in magnet) Cylinder stroke (mm) Nil Refer to the standard stroke table on page 88... L (Example) A53L 5m . Relay PLC ... "n" pcs. ø50..5 (Nil) AC Tie-rod mount 12V — DIN terminal Diagnostic indication (2-color display) Grommet DC Auto switch type 2 pcs... D-B54. 12V B53 3 (L) Band mount 100V 200V 5V. do not indicate any auto switch type symbol. (Example) CHDAB50-100 ∗ Indicate in alphabetical order. Special function Refer to "Auto Switch Guide" CAT.. and D-B59W cannot be mounted on ø63 bore size cylinders... PLC PLC — — J59 — — — G39 K39 F59W F5PW J59W F5BA F5NT F59F — — — — — — — — — — — — — — F5LF — A67 A64 — — — A59W F59 F5P — B64 A33 A34 A44 B59W — Relay PLC IC circuit — IC circuit — IC circuit — IC circuit — Note • Solid state auto switches marked "" are produced upon receipt of order. D-B64. ø125. ø63.. S 3 n Mounting types Basic type Axial foot type Front flange type Rear flange type Single clevis type Double clevis type Center trunnion type Front trunnion type Bore size 40 50 63 80 100 40mm 50mm 63mm 80mm 100mm Cylinder options Aluminum tube B L F G C D T U Nil Rod boot J K Nil Cushion N R H Without rod boot Nylon tarpaulin Neoprene cloth Both sides Without cushion With front cushion With rear cushion Part nos. Applicable load IC circuit — PLC — Relay PLC — — — — — — — — IC circuit PLC Relay. 12V 24V 5 (Z) — — — 12V 5V. Nil (Example) A53 3 m . • Types D-B53.5m . 12V — 24V 5V.. 12V 200V or less — Yes — Water resistant (2-color display) With timer With diagnostic output (2-color display) 5V 12V 12V 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) Diagnostic indication (2-color display) — Lead wire length (m)∗ 0. 1 pc. ø160 How to Order 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 Tube material Nil F With Auto Switch Aluminum alloy Steel tube CHA L CHDA L 40mm 50mm 63mm 80mm 100mm 125mm 160mm 40 40 Aluminum tube Steel tube Bore size Auto switch type Nil 100 100 Without auto switch ∗ Select applicable auto switch models from the table below... for cylinders with built-in magnets In the case of cylinders with built-in magnets but no auto switches. Z (Example) A53Z 87 — 3-wire (NPN) 4-wire (NPN) — 5V. E274-A for further details on each auto switch. ø80... Refer to pages 117 and 118 for auto switch circuit diagrams.. 12V — — — — — — — J51 A54 100V 200V — — 100V 200V — 12V B54 A56 A53 5V.. 100. 100 40. Front trunnion type (U) Note 1) Insert type with the check mechanism.25MPa Minimum operating pressure Without auto switch: –10° to 80°C Ambient and fluid temperature With auto switch: –10° to 60°C Piston speed 8 to 300mm/s Cushion Cushion seal Note 1) Thread tolerance JIS class 2 Stroke length tolerance +1.8 to 100mm 0 mm. D-F5BA. D-J5 D-B5. Hydraulic fluid Fluid Nominal pressure 3.Tie-rod Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod Series CHA Models • Light aluminum body • Easy position detection with auto switches Aluminum cylinder sizes ø40 to ø100 are auto switch capable for easy stroke position detection. Bracket pin Knuckle pin Rod boot∗ Nylon tarpaulin Neoprene cloth ( ) ∗ Maximum ambient temperature: Nylon tarpaulin (60°C) Neoprene cloth (110°C) 88 . D-B6 D-F5W. 80. 160 Steel Specifications Double acting/Single rod Action • Smooth cushioning Cushioning nearly equal to a shock absorber is achieved with a unique cushion ring configuration and cushion seal design. 125. Axial foot type (L). D-F5NT.0 +1. Single clevis type (C). D-K39 BD1-04M BD1-05M BD1-06M BD1-08M BD1-10M Auto switch model D-A5. 100 to 250mm 0 mm. D-A59W. Center trunnion type (T). 50. 63. Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part Nos. Then make your selection.4 +1. D-A6. D-F5F BA-04 BT-04 BA-05 BT-06 — BT-06 BA-08 BT-08 BA-10 BT-08 Standard Strokes Bore size (mm) Standard strokes (mm) 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 25 to 1000 25 to 1000 25 to 1000 25 to 1300 25 to 1500 50 to 1300 50 to 1500 Note) Refer to the stroke selection Table in Technical Data 2.5MPa 0. Single knuckle Double knuckle. starting with page 123 to determine stroke limitation depending on the type of mounting brackets that will be used. 50. D-F5. Hydraulic Fluid Compatibility Cushion Strokes (for Front & Rear) Hydraulic fluid Standard mineral hydraulic fluid Compatibility Bore size (mm) Compatible W/O hydraulic fluid Compatible 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 O/W hydraulic fluid Compatible Water/Glycol hydraulic fluid Not compatible Phosphate hydraulic fluid Not compatible Effective cushion stroke (mm) 15 15 17 20 20 20 22 Accessories (Optional) Knuckle bracket. Double clevis type (D). D-A44 D-G39. Front flange type (F) Rear flange type (G).25 +0.5MPa Proof pressure 5. 80. JIS symbol Bore size (mm) 40 50 63 80 100 D-A3. Model Tube material CHA CHAF Aluminum alloy Bore size (mm) 40. 63.0MPa Maximum allowable pressure Note 2) 3. Note 2) Refer to page 136 for definitions of terms related to pressure.8 630 to 1000mm 0 mm. 1000 to 1500mm 0 mm Mounting Basic type (B). 250 to 630mm 0 mm +1. D-J59W. 8. 8. 16 … 120 1 pc. 6. 8. n = 2. 6. 16 … Same side 1 pc. 12. 4. 8. 8 … 120 + 55 (n – 4) 120 + 55 2 n = 4. 12. 8 … n = 4. 16 … 15 90 — 120 75 90 — 120 Different sides 15 + 50 (n – 2) 2 90 + 50 (n – 4) 2 n = 2. 4 … n = 2. D-F5W. 8 … 10 90 — 120 Different sides 20 90 — 120 Same side 75 90 — 120 Different sides (n – 2) 20 + 50 2 (n – 4) 90 + 50 2 n = 2. 4 … n = 2. 12. 16 … 75 + 50 (n – 2) 90 + 50 (n – 2) n = 2. D-B5. 8 … n = 2. D-J59W D-F5BA D-F5F D-F5NT "n" pcs. 3. 12. 16 … 100 (n – 2) 20 + 55 n = 4. 12. 16 … 110 (n – 4) 2 n = 4. 4 … n = 2. 6. 89 2 n = 2. 16 … 120 + 5 (n – 2) n = 2. 16 … 120 120 130 140 2 pcs. 4. 2 pcs. 8. 8 … n = 2. 2 pcs. 4. 3. D-B6 (n – 2) 1 pc. 12. 16 … (n – 4) 2 n = 4. 8 … — — 120 + 50 (n – 4) 2 n =4 . (different sides/same side) 10 100 100 110 120 Auto switch types D-A5. 6. 16 … 15 15 + 55 2 120 1 or 2 pcs. 4 … 10 75 80 90 35 75 80 90 Same side 55 75 80 90 Same side 1 pc. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4 … n = 2. 16 … 130 + 55 (n – 4) 140 + 55 2 n = 4. 8 … — 120 80 90 35 + 30 (n – 2) 75 + 30 (n – 2) 80 + 30 (n – 2) 90 + 30 (n – 2) n = 2. 12. 4. 16 … 110 + 55 (n – 4) 120 + 55 2 n = 4. 2 n = 4. 8. 6. 8. 8. 8 … 100 + 100 (n – 2) 100 + 100 (n – 2) n = 4. 3. 8. 8. "n" pcs. 4. 4. 8 … n=2. 8 … (n – 4) 100 + 55 100 Same side D-B59W 2 15 "n" pcs. 8 … n = 2. 6. 4. (same side) (n – 4) n = 4. 6. 2 Different sides Same side "n" pcs. 8. 16 … 75 + 50 (n – 2) 90 + 50 (n – 2) n = 2. 6. 8 … 10 75 80 2 (n – 4) 2 n = 4. 6. 12. 8 … n = 4. 6. (same side) 10 + 55 Center trunnion type 90 . 8 … n = 2. 4. 8 … n = 4. 4. 8 … n = 2. (same side) 2 pcs. "n" pcs. 6. 6. 4.Series CHA Minimum Strokes for Auto Switch Mounting n: Number of auto switches Number of auto switches Mounting brackets other than center trunnion ø40 and ø50 ø63 ø80 ø100 1 or 2 pcs. 16 … Different sides Different sides (n – 4) 100 Same side Different sides — 35 + 30 (n – 2) 75 + 30 (n – 2) 80 + 30 (n – 2) 90 + 30 (n – 2) n = 2. (different sides/same side) D-A59W 100 + 55 100 (n – 4) 100 + 55 2 n = 4. 16 … (n – 4) 110 Same side D-A44 20 100 + 55 2 100 1 pc. 3. 8. 3. 4. D-J5 "n" pcs. (n – 2) (n – 4) n = 4. 12. 8. 3. 12. 8. 8. 12. 8 … 55 + 50 (n – 2) 75 + 50 (n – 2) 80 + 50 (n – 2) 90 + 50 (n – 2) n = 2. 6. 8 … 2 n = 4. 6. 12. 12. 6. 2 pcs. 16 … 110 + 55 (n – 4) 120 + 55 2 n = 4. 4. 6. D-A6 D-F5. 4. 8. 6 … Different sides 15 90 35 75 — 120 + 50 120 + 5 (n – 2) n = 2. (different sides/same side) "n" pcs. 12. 6. 12. 4 … n = 2. D-A3 D-G39 D-K39 n = 2. 12. 6. 8 2.07 0.1 2..6kg Series CHAF (steel tube) Unit: kg 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 (B) 1..09 0.9 6.5 125 35.9 3.3 6.0 9.8 12.2 15..7 25.8 12.7 2.9 Double clevis type (D) 2..7 23..19 0.2 8..4 3.5 2 2.8 3.8 2.7 7.07 x 100/10 = 3.6 2.9 2.0 3.6 2.9 3.7 8.9 + 0...6 3.5 (F & G) 1.1 9.47 90 .8 Bore size (mm) Axial foot type Basic weight (0mm stroke) Basic type (L) 2.4 3..5 IN 1002 1002 1503 2004 2505 3006 3507 OUT 1963 1963 2945 3926 4908 5889 6871 IN 1649 1649 2474 3298 4123 4947 5772 OUT 3117 3117 4676 6234 7793 9351 10910 IN 4085 5446 6808 8169 9531 2723 2723 OUT 5027 5027 7541 10054 12568 15081 17595 IN 4411 4411 6617 8822 11028 13233 15439 OUT 7854 7854 11781 15708 19635 23562 27489 IN 6864 6864 10296 13728 17160 20592 24024 OUT 12272 12272 18408 24544 30680 36816 42952 IN 11282 11282 16923 22564 28205 33846 39487 OUT 20106 20106 30159 40212 50265 60318 70371 IN 18516 18516 27774 37032 46290 55548 64806 Weights Series CHA (built-in magnet) Unit: kg Basic weight (0mm stroke) Bore size (mm) 40 50 63 80 100 Basic type (B) 1.2 5.1 3...5 Axial foot type (L) 1.16 Calculation (Example) CHAL50-100 • Basic weight ……………….8 9.6 3.0 2.5 160 45 Operating pressure (MPa) 1.8 6.7 Single clevis type (C) 1.6 3...4 6.7 4..0 22. 100mm 2.5 10.9 2.7 2.5 3 3.6 6.3 9.2 6.2 9.8 9.9 22.8 3..1 3.1 6..4 80 28 100 35.5 9.09 0.8 26.4 10.8 10.2 0.9 (foot type.8 6..31 0.7 2.5 2.7 0.0 3.10 0.3 2...6 15..6 Center trunnion type (T) 1.0 Double clevis type (D) 1. 0.7 2.6 13.4 5.08 0.6 Front trunnion type (U) 1.0 13. ø50) • Additional weight …………….1 26..5 14.24 Flange type Additional weight per 10mm stroke 0.6 5.6 4.07/10mm stroke • Cylinder stroke ….4 Center trunnion type (T) Additional weight per 10mm stroke 1.0 Flange type (F & G) 1.Tie-rod Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod Series CHA Theoretical Output Unit: N Bore size (mm) Piston area (mm²) 1 OUT 1257 1257 1886 2514 3143 3771 4400 Rod size Operating (mm) direction 40 18 50 20 63 22.9 Front trunnion type (U) 1. 2.2 5.12 0.9 3.05 0.....0 10.9 7..2 Single clevis type (C) 1.. . 17 to 22 from the chart at left ∗ Seal kits consist of items 17 through 22 and can be ordered using the seal kit number for each bore size.Construction ø40 Parts list No. Replacement parts: Seal kits Description Material Note 70% flat black Bore size (mm) Seal kit no. 1 Rod cover Aluminum alloy 2 Head cover Aluminum alloy 70% flat black 40 CHA40-PS Aluminum alloy Hard anodized 50 CHA50-PS 63 CHA63-PS 80 CHA80-PS Aluminum alloy 100 CHA100-PS Rolled steel 125 CHA125-PS Rolled steel 160 CHA160-PS 3 Cylinder tube 4 Piston rod 5 Piston 6 7 Cushion ring Needle valve Carbon steel Carbon steel 8 Bushing Lead bronze 9 Tie-rod Carbon steel 10 Tie-rod washer 11 Piston nut Rolled steel 12 Needle valve nut Carbon steel 13 Tie-rod nut Carbon steel 14 Air release valve 15 Check ball Bearing steel 16 Wear ring Resin 17 Cushion seal 18 Wiper ring NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Needle valve seal NBR 22 Cylinder tube gasket NBR 23 Piston gasket NBR 91 Steel wire Alloy steel — Hard chromium electroplated Kit components Nos. 25 18 J 13 20 M14 x 1.5 140 112 34 160 42 9 43 174 140 d 0 -0.025 0 -0.5 28 17 17 13 M10 x 1.025 18 45 20 50 22.5 30 26 3/8 5 43 112 11 10 9 22 16 25 M18 x 1.062 0 -0.5 8 20 16 22 M16 x 1.074 0 -0.Tie-rod Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod Series CHA Dimensions Basic type: CHAB Width across flats G GA 4-J 2-Rc P GB Air release V T Cushion adjustment screw MA a A R (max.025 0 -0.074 0 -0.5 30 17 17 13 M10 x 1.074 0 -0.5 80 35.021 0 -0.75 26 19 29 M22 x 1.5 35 30 1/2 5 57 127 11 16 13 16 M12 x 1.75 27 21 34 M27 x 2 35 32 1/2 8 66 137 12 20 16 27 19 16 M14 x 2 27 24 34 M27 x 2 35 32 1/2 8 77 137 12 20 16 36 22 18 M16 x 2 28 27 38 M33 x 2 40 36 3/4 8 94 155 12 24 20 (mm) Bore size Without rod boot (mm) H ZZ With rod boot e f h 92 l Z 40 66 185 55 25 50 73 201 60 28 63 80 212 65 99 1/4 227 30 106 stroke 238 80 90 236 80 32 116 100 100 258 100 35 123 125 100 261 100 160 108 290 120 211 262 281 1/5 35 123 stroke 284 38 131 313 92 .5 9.5 30 26 3/8 5 47 116 11 12 10 15 M12 x 1.5 32 22 20 35 27 19 35 38 NA NB 30 22 1/4 5 37 106 S 11 7.087 25 14 17.) WW ød øE øD MM M K F Q C NB NA S + Stroke H B M ZZ + Stroke øe With rod boot f 10 l h+l ZZ + l + Stroke (mm) Bore size (mm) A a B C 40 23 10 60 44 17 50 25 9 73 53 19 63 28 8 80 60 21 D 80 32 8 100 75 26 100 38 6.018 0 -0.5 80 45 100 E F G 0 -0.021 0 -0.074 0 -0.021 0 -0.062 0 -0.4 55 28 65 35.5 118 90 34 125 38 6.5 GA GB K M MA MM P Q R T V W M8 x 1. 025 45 174 174 140 D d 0 GA GB J 40 1/4 50 63 R S LS LT LX LY MA 20 M14 x 1.5 9.021 22.074 160 42 9 43 -0.074 Without rod boot P LD LH 0 (mm) Bore size (mm) K M8 x 1.5 12 22 M16 x 1.5 0 0 50 -0.5 80 -0.021 20 63 28 8 80 80 80 32 8 100 E F G 0 0 45 -0.5 22 100 100 75 26 -0.074 30 17 17 13 M10 x 1.5 140 140 112 34 -0.2 A MA NB S + Stroke X Y X LX B LS + Stroke ZZ + Stroke With rod boot h+l f øe 10 l ZZ + l + Stroke (mm) Bore size (mm) A a B B C 40 23 10 60 60 44 17 -0.087 With rod boot T V W X Y H ZZ e f h 37 106 11 7.4 55 -0.5 30 22 52 172 10 53 88.5 30 26 47 160 8 44 77 MM NA NB 32 22 20 15 M12 x 1.5 20 11 60 0 21 -0.5 30 26 11 55 190 10 60 95 12 25 M18 x 1.Series CHA Dimensions Foot type: CHAL H 2-Rc P GB Air release øE øD WW ød 4-øLD MM LT Width across flats G NA Y V T Cushion adjustment screw 4-J R (max.5 35 30 0 0 35 27 19 16 M12 x 1.5 118 118 90 34 -0.021 28 38 6.5 8 27 8 66 207 55 25 92 3/8 43 112 11 10 9 30 10 73 225 60 28 3/8 47 116 11 12 10 37 10 80 243 65 99 1/4 251 30 106 stroke 269 270 80 1/2 57 127 11 16 13 40 13 90 80 32 116 100 1/2 66 137 12 20 16 47 13 100 299 100 35 123 125 1/2 77 137 12 20 16 55 15 100 305 100 35 123 160 3/4 94 155 12 24 20 60 20 108 343 120 93 M 10 9 0 65 -0.75 26 13 65 207 12 75 115 14 29 M22 x 1.25 18 l ZZ 233 296 322 1/5 328 stroke 38 131 366 .074 125 38 6.) a M LY GA B F C K LH ±0.025 35.75 27 13 80 231 14 90 139 14 34 M27 x 2 35 32 0 0 35 27 19 16 M14 x 2 27 15 100 247 16 112 170 16 34 M27 x 2 35 32 0 38 36 22 18 M16 x 2 28 17 110 275 18 140 197 18 38 M33 x 2 40 36 0 100 -0.5 80 -0.018 18 50 25 9 73 73 53 19 -0.062 28 17 17 13 M10 x 1.025 35.062 25 14 17. 021 0 34 -0.025 0 43 -0.Tie-rod Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod Series CHA Front flange type: CHAF 2-Rc P GA 4-øFD GB Air release V T 4-J Cushion adjustment screw Width across flats G a MA A FY B øE øD WW ød R (max.4 55 -0.062 28 11 0 22.75 27 26 34 M27 x 2 35 32 1/2 170 112 200 27 19 16 M14 x 2 27 30 34 M27 x 2 35 32 1/2 205 140 240 36 22 18 M16 x 2 28 34 38 M33 x 2 40 36 3/4 44 10 95 53 115 17 17 13 M10 x 1.074 45 FD FT MM NA NB P (mm) Without rod boot With rod boot Bore size (mm) R S T V W H ZZ e f h 40 37 106 11 7.5 140 140 112 160 42 9 80 174 174 140 E F 0 d 0 45 -0.5 80 -0.074 30 11 0 65 -0.074 100 -0.021 0 26 -0.5 9.018 18 50 25 9 73 73 53 19 -0.062 25 9 10 0 0 50 -0.5 35 30 1/2 90 172 27 19 16 M12 x 1.025 63 28 8 80 32 8 100 100 75 100 38 6.5 J 77 35.5 12 102 60 122 17 17 13 M10 x 1.074 32 0 D 28 FX FY FZ G GA GB K M MA M8 x 1.5 118 118 90 125 38 6.) MM FT F K C NA NB B S + Stroke H M FX ZZ + Stroke FZ øe With rod boot 10 f l h+l ZZ + l + Stroke (mm) Bore size (mm) A a B B C 40 23 10 60 60 44 17 -0.5 30 22 1/4 20 22 22 M16 x 1.5 13 12 130 35 13 16 145 0 35 15 18 0 38 17 20 35.5 30 26 3/8 75 155 22 20 15 M12 x 1.5 80 -0.087 95 14 17.025 0 34 -0.5 8 66 188 55 25 92 50 43 112 11 10 9 73 207 60 28 63 47 116 11 12 10 80 216 65 99 1/4 233 30 106 stroke 242 243 l Z 214 80 57 127 11 16 13 90 80 32 116 100 66 137 12 20 16 100 263 100 35 123 125 77 137 12 20 16 100 267 100 1/5 286 35 123 stroke 290 160 94 155 12 24 20 108 297 120 38 131 269 320 94 .021 20 80 60 0 21 -0.5 30 26 3/8 22 20 25 M18 x 1.25 18 16 20 M14 x 1.75 26 26 29 M22 x 1. 074 0 30 11 12 102 60 122 17 17 13 M10 x 1.062 0 0 21 -0.5 140 112 160 42 9 174 140 d D F E FD FT FX FY FZ 44 95 G GA GB 14 17.5 35 30 1/2 57 35.5 30 26 3/8 47 28 65 -0.5 K M MA P R M8 x 1.021 0 34 -0.021 20 50 -0.074 0 35 15 18 170 112 200 27 19 16 M14 x 2 27 30 34 M27 x 2 35 32 1/2 77 0 38 17 20 205 140 240 36 22 18 M16 x 2 28 34 38 M33 x 2 40 36 3/4 94 45 100 -0.025 0 34 -0.) MM 2-Rc P 4-J M C F K NB NA B FT S + Stroke H FX ZZ + Stroke FZ øe With rod boot 10 l f h+l ZZ + l + Stroke (mm) Bore size (mm) B C 40 23 10 A a 60 44 0 17 -0.074 0 32 13 12 130 75 155 22 20 15 M12 x 1.5 20 22 22 M16 x 1.025 0 43 -0.4 55 -0.5 118 90 125 38 6.5 30 26 3/8 43 22.062 0 25 9 10 50 25 73 53 0 19 -0.5 80 -0.5 22 20 25 M18 x 1.75 26 26 29 M22 x 1.5 9.018 18 45 -0.Series CHA Dimensions Rear flange type: CHAG Width across flats G Air release GA 4-J GB 4-øFD V T Cushion adjustment screw MA a A FY B WW ød øE øD R (max.025 9 63 28 8 80 60 80 32 8 100 75 100 38 6.25 18 J 16 20 M14 x 1.75 27 26 34 M27 x 2 35 32 1/2 66 35.087 (mm) With rod boot Without rod boot Bore size (mm) S T V W H ZZ e f h 40 106 11 7.021 0 26 -0.5 8 66 182 55 25 92 50 112 11 10 9 73 195 60 28 63 116 11 12 10 80 208 65 99 1/4 221 30 106 stroke 234 229 80 127 11 16 13 90 80 32 116 100 137 12 20 16 100 253 100 35 123 125 137 12 20 16 100 255 100 35 123 160 155 12 24 20 108 283 120 95 77 l Z 208 255 276 1/5 278 stroke 38 131 306 .074 0 35 13 16 145 90 172 27 19 16 M12 x 1.5 30 MM NA NB 22 1/4 37 28 11 10 95 53 115 17 17 13 M10 x 1.5 80 -0. 021 20 0 50 -0.074 30 17 17 13 M10 x 1.074 0 35 27 19 16 M14 x 2 27 55 34 M27 x 2 35 32 1/2 77 26 137 0 38 36 22 18 M16 x 2 28 65 38 M33 x 2 40 36 3/4 94 30 155 100 -0.043 0 23 0 19 -0.052 22 0 +0.074 32 35.087 GA GB J MM NA NB S (mm) Bore size (mm) Without rod boot T U V W 40 11 18 7.25 18 32 20 M14 x 1.074 0 35.3 Z + Stroke C RR B ZZ + Stroke øe With rod boot 10 l f h+l Z + l + Stroke ZZ + l + Stroke (mm) Bore size (mm) A a B C CDH9 CX F G 40 23 10 60 44 12 +0.021 0 26 -0.052 25 0 27 0 21 -0.5 140 112 160 42 9 174 140 31 35 41 54 D d 45 E K L MA P R RR M8 x 1.5 30 22 1/4 37 15 106 20 35 22 M16 x 1.052 20 0 +0.025 22.025 0 34 -0.5 28 0 65 -0.5 9.5 35 30 1/2 57 22 127 35 27 19 16 M12 x 1.Tie-rod Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod Series CHA Single clevis type: CHAC GA 4-J 2-Rc P GB Air release V T Cushion adjustment screw øCDH9 Width across flats G W W øD øE ød R (max.75 27 50 34 M27 x 2 35 32 1/2 66 24 137 80 -0.025 0 43 -0.043 0 18 +0.018 18 0 45 -0.75 26 45 29 M22 x 1.5 30 26 3/8 47 20 116 22 20 15 M12 x 1.062 25 14 17.5 50 25 9 73 53 14 +0.062 28 17 17 13 M10 x 1.4 0 55 -0.5 8 50 11 21 10 63 11 23 12 H Z ZZ With rod boot e f h 66 204 219 55 25 92 9 73 220 238 60 28 10 80 236 258 65 99 1/4 246 264 30 106 stroke 262 284 90 262 284 80 11 26 16 13 80 32 116 100 12 30 20 16 100 287 311 100 35 123 125 12 30 20 16 100 292 318 100 35 123 160 12 40 24 20 108 328 358 120 l Z ZZ 230 245 288 310 310 334 1/5 315 341 stroke 38 131 351 381 96 .043 0 21 0 17 -0.) MM MA a A K F NA NB U S + Stroke H L CX ±0.3 0 -0.5 30 26 3/8 43 18 112 22 40 25 M18 x 1.021 0 34 -0.5 63 28 8 80 60 80 32 8 100 75 100 38 6.043 0 +0.5 118 90 125 38 6.5 80 -0.5 16 +0. 021 0 26 -0.087 J K L MA P R RR M8 x 1.025 0 34 -0.5 140 112 160 42 9 174 140 32 36 42 55 D d 45 100 -0.025 22.062 28 17 17 28 0 21 -0.5 20 35 22 M16 x 1.5 80 -0.074 0 35 35.062 25 14 17.5 30 26 3/8 43 18 112 13 M10 x 1.021 20 0 50 -0.75 26 45 29 M22 x 1.018 18 0 45 -0.074 0 0 63 28 8 80 60 80 32 8 100 75 100 38 6.5 8 50 11 21 10 63 11 23 12 H Z ZZ With rod boot e f h 66 204 219 55 25 92 9 73 220 238 60 28 10 80 236 258 65 99 1/4 246 264 30 106 stroke 262 284 90 262 284 80 11 26 16 13 80 32 116 100 12 30 20 16 100 287 311 100 35 123 125 12 30 20 16 100 292 318 100 160 12 40 24 20 108 328 358 120 97 l Z ZZ 230 245 288 310 310 334 1/5 35 123 stroke 315 341 38 131 351 381 GA GB MM NA NB S .5 118 90 125 38 6.5 22 40 25 M18 x 1.074 0 32 22 35.5 30 22 1/4 37 15 106 13 M10 x 1.052 ø25H9 0 24 0 19 -0.5 11 50 25 9 73 53 +0.25 18 32 20 M14 x 1.3 Z + Stroke B RR ZZ + Stroke øe With rod boot 10 f l h+l Z + l + Stroke ZZ + l + Stroke (mm) Bore size (mm) A a B C CDH9 CX E F G 40 23 10 60 44 ø12H9 22 0 17 -0.052 ø22H9 0 +0.043 ø18H9 0 +0.Series CHA Dimensions Double clevis type: CHAD GA 4-J Air release 2-Rc P GB Width across flats G V Cushion adjustment screw T øCDH9 W W øD øE ød R (max.5 30 26 3/8 47 20 116 20 15 M12 x 1.043 0 +0.3 U L -0.5 80 -0.) MM a MA A K F NB NA C 0 S + Stroke H CX ±0.043 ø14H9 0 +0.052 ø20H9 0 +0.043 ø16H9 0 +0.5 35 30 1/2 57 22 127 27 19 16 M12 x 1.021 0 34 -0.4 0 55 -0.75 27 50 34 M27 x 2 35 32 1/2 66 24 137 35 27 19 16 M14 x 2 27 55 34 M27 x 2 35 32 1/2 77 26 137 38 36 22 18 M16 x 2 28 65 38 M33 x 2 40 36 3/4 94 30 155 (mm) Without rod boot Bore size (mm) T U V W 40 11 18 7.025 0 43 -0.074 30 17 17 28 65 -0. 5 52 212 200 284 24 20 108 187.5 140 112 160 42 9 174 140 E d D 22.050 (mm) Bore size (mm) TR Without rod boot H With rod boot TT TX TY TZ V W Z ZZ e f h 40 R0.5 30 17 17 13 M10 x 1.032 -0.025 0 34 -0.062 50 25 9 73 53 0 20 19 -0.089 35 27 19 16 M14 x 2 27 15 34 M27 x 2 35 32 1/2 77 137 12 32 -0.089 -0.5 42 140 130 204 20 16 256 100 170 250 100 35 123 193 125 R2.021 0 34 -0.5 118 90 125 38 6.025 63 28 8 80 60 80 32 8 100 75 100 38 6.5 8 66 123 182 55 25 92 Z ZZ 149 208 50 R0.5 303 98 .) a A TR TY M F K Cushion adjustment screw WW ød øD øE MM MA V T 4-J øTDe8 GA Width across flats G C NB NA S + Stroke H B M 0 TX –0.5 30 26 3/8 43 112 11 15 -0.074 0 -0.074 0 -0.032 -0.5 42 170 162 234 20 16 100 170 252 100 35 160 R2.032 -0.021 50 -0.050 -0.059 20 10 22 M16 x 1.5 GA GB K M MA P R S T Tde8 M8 x 1.5 26 83 78 108 10 9 73 131 195 60 28 63 R0.5 36 112 106 162 16 13 90 156 230 80 32 116 182 100 R2.5 32 35 MM NA NB 22 1/4 37 106 11 15 -0.25 18 J 10 20 M14 x 1.5 30 28 17 17 13 M10 x 1.5 80 45 100 0 0 0 -0.5 30 26 3/8 47 116 11 15 -0.5 ZZ + Stroke TZ øe With rod boot 10 l f h+l Z + l + 1/2 stroke ZZ + l + Stroke (mm) Bore size (mm) A a B C 40 23 10 60 44 0 18 17 -0.5 24 70 65 95 7.75 26 13 29 M22 x 1.5 9.025 0 43 -0.062 0 21 -0.089 38 36 22 18 M16 x 2 28 17 38 M33 x 2 40 36 3/4 94 155 12 36 -0.4 55 28 65 35.087 F G 25 14 17.059 22 10 25 M18 x 1.059 22 20 15 M12 x 1.5 280 120 38 l 232 273 1/5 123 stroke 193 275 131 210.75 27 13 34 M27 x 2 35 32 1/2 66 137 12 32 -0.5 26 90 86 115 12 10 80 140 206 65 99 1/4 157 106 stroke 166 221 30 80 R2.050 -0.018 45 -0.Tie-rod Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod Series CHA Center trunnion type: CHAT Z + 1/2 stroke 2-Rc P Air release GB Air release TT R (max.5 80 35.5 35 30 1/2 57 127 11 25 -0.021 0 26 -0.074 0 -0.040 -0.074 0 -0.073 27 19 16 M12 x 1. 5 9.5 0 21 -0.089 36 22 18 M16 x 2 28 17 38 M33 x 2 40 36 3/4 94 155 12 36 -0.018 0 45 -0.089 (mm) Bore size (mm) TR Without rod boot With rod boot TT TX TY TZ V W H Z ZZ e f h 40 R0.5 45 E GA GB K M MA P R S T Tde8 M8 x 1.074 0 65 -0.5 8 66 58 182 55 25 92 50 R0.5 30 112 100 162 16 13 90 75 230 80 32 116 100 R2.5 30 26 3/8 47 116 11 15 -0.5 16 70 60 95 7.5 30 26 3/8 43 112 11 15 -0.062 25 14 17.087 30 17 17 13 M10 x 1.032 -0.059 22 16 25 M18 x 1.5 16 83 73 108 10 9 73 65 201 60 28 63 R0.025 0 34 -0.025 0 43 -0.5 118 90 125 38 6.074 0 80 -0.062 28 17 17 13 M10 x 1.5 38 212 174 284 24 20 108 89 280 120 38 99 l Z ZZ 84 208 91 227 98 238 101 256 106 273 1/5 123 stroke 106 275 131 112 303 MM NA NB -0.040 -0.025 0 55 -0.5 140 112 160 42 9 174 140 d D 22.032 -0.032 -0.5 16 90 80 115 12 10 80 72 212 65 30 99 1/4 106 stroke 80 R2.5 35 30 1/2 57 127 11 25 -0.021 0 50 -0.4 28 35.5 34 170 140 234 20 16 100 83 252 100 35 160 R2.050 .Series CHA Dimensions Front trunnion type: CHAU Z TT Air release GB GB 2-Rc P 4-J V T Cushion adjustment screw R (max.089 27 19 16 M14 x 2 27 15 34 M27 x 2 35 32 1/2 77 137 12 32 -0.5 50 25 9 73 53 0 20 19 -0.5 35.050 -0.5 ZZ + Stroke TZ With rod boot øe Z+l 10 l f h+l ZZ + l + Stroke (mm) Bore size (mm) A a B C F G 40 23 10 60 44 0 18 17 -0.75 26 13 29 M22 x 1.75 27 13 34 M27 x 2 35 32 1/2 66 137 12 32 -0.) MA TR TY WW ød øD øE MM øTDe8 Width across flats G a A F K NA C NB H B M S + Stroke 0 TX –0.5 34 140 118 204 20 16 100 83 250 100 35 123 125 R2.5 32 22 20 35 27 19 35 38 63 28 80 100 8 80 60 32 8 100 75 38 6.021 0 26 -0.073 16 M12 x 1.074 0 80 -0.074 0 100 -0.059 20 16 22 M16 x 1.021 0 34 -0.25 18 J 10 20 M14 x 1.050 -0.5 30 22 1/4 37 106 11 15 -0.059 15 M12 x 1. 053 +0.5 40 5 x 40AW all types 34 44 5 x 50AW ø160 all types Spring pin hole Drilled after assembly 100 .033 0 M8 x 20 Order no.053 +0.5 10 25 5 14 M16 x 1.016 +0.5 5 5 x 40AW ø100.3 4 4 x 36AW ø80 all types size ø125 27.5 Polished round 20SPCC ø5 x 30l SWRM ø100 clevis type 5 7.027 0 +0.5 61.3 E 0 G –0.3 4 4 x 28AW ø63 all types 34 5 5 x 50AW ø160 all types 10 F B 0 A H –0.064 +0.033 0 +0.016 -0.025 Spring Applicable Order pin cylinder type no.2 0 M J K L Tolerance N P 4 14 M14 x 1. 14.027 0 +0.043 -0. all types 18.2 0 +0. AC-C1Polished round 18SPCC ø5 x 28l SWRM ø80 clevis type bore size 3 Material: Cast iron Applicable cylinder type Cotter pin Flat washer E H J K Hexagon Applicable L Size Tolerance mounting bolt cylinder type 50 23 R 18 14 +0.2 0 +0.020 +0.2 30 3 x 28AW ø50 all types AC-3Y18.5 28 30 19 5 19 M18 x 1.027 0 M10 x 25 75 100 31 13 16 26 45 67 65 28 R 22 18 +0.016 -0.2 0 +0.053 Flat washer E Applicable cylinder type Cotter pin 3 5 Polished round 12SPCC ø3 x 18l SWRM ø40 all types 3 5 Polished round 14SPCC ø3 x 18l SWRM ø50 all types 4 5 Polished round 16SPCC ø4 x 22l SWRM ø63 all types 4 5 Polished round 18SPCC ø4 x 22l SWRM ø80 all types 5 5 Polished round 20SPCC ø5 x 30l SWRM ø100.5 10 28 6 14 M18 x 1.043 -0.016 -0.053 +0.5 10 35 8 15 M27 x 2 10 42 10 15 M33 x 2 10 50 +0.064 +0.020 +0.020 -0.2 0 +0.3 32 4 x 28AW ø63 all types bore 22.5 Polished round 24SPCC ø5 x 35l SWRM ø160 clevis type Bore size (mm) A A B øJ counter bore L øK counter bore depth 2 øU øD drill through F C ±0.027 0 +0.5 16 80 71.027 0 +0.Tie-rod Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder Series CHA Double Acting/Single Rod Accessories (optional) Bracket pin Bore size (mm) A Material: Carbon steel 2-øD drill through øC C1 C1 E B A Knuckle bracket C (f8) B Size Tolerance D 40 80 70 12 50 94 84 14 63 102 92 16 80 123 113 18 100 147 132 20 125 169 154 22 160 205 190 25 -0.016 -0.020 +0.5 13 63 64.020 +0.053 -0.027 0 M12 x 28 90 118 35 13 17 30 50 74 80 28 R 24 20 +0.020 +0.5 44. 14.025 +0.043 -0.027 0 +0. ø125 all types 5 7.025 +0. ø40 double clevis type ø50 double clevis type ø63 double clevis type AC-A1ø80 double bore clevis type ø100 double size clevis type ø125 double clevis type ø160 double clevis type Knuckle pin Material: Carbon steel Bore size (mm) 2-øD drill through øC C1 1 C E B A C (f8) A B Size Tolerance D 40 51.064 +0.033 0 M12 x 32 M14 x 36 M16 x 40 40 44 60 21 9 12 18 32 47 45 19 R 15 12 50 53 73 23 11 12 21 35 53 63 60 80 27 11 15 23 40 60 80 100 125 112 140 41 15 20 30 55 81 90 31 R 26 22 +0.020 -0.016 -0.020 -0.020 +0.5 32 32 22 6 21 M22 x 1.033 0 L (F8) E F Reference G H K Size Tolerance M l M14 x 1.2 28 3 x 25AW ø40 all types 16.053 +0.020 -0.027 0 +0.2 0 +0.027 0 +0.027 0 +0.043 +0.043 -0.5 41.2 4 3 x 25AW ø40 all types 16.3 36 4 x 36AW ø80 all types size ø100.053 -0.033 0 +0.025 Spring Applicable Order pin cylinder type no.033 0 160 140 174 54 17 22 40 65 95 100 34 R 30 25 +0.027 0 +0.053 +0.5 16 100 82 72 20 160 94 79 20 -0.5 40 36 27 7 26 M27 x 2 45 40 32 8 34 M33 x 2 50 44 36 10 43 +0.5 13 50 54.043 -0.043 +0.016 +0.053 -0.016 -0.2 Y-type knuckle d (H8) F Bore size (mm) A B C D Size Tolerance E Size Tolerance G H Material: Carbon steel B H K ød R2 J G E F øN øM øL 45° 40 67 55 27 29 13 50 70 58 30 25 13 63 80 65 35 30 16 80 95 78 39 35 16 100 110 90 46 43 20 160 120 100 50 45 22 C A D P +0.027 0 M10 x 22 55 23 R 20 16 +0.2 4 3 x 28AW ø50 all types AC-B1bore 22.016 -0.016 -0.020 -0.043 -0.033 0 32 18 35 20 43 23 50 28 59 33 66 37 +0. ø125 27.053 +0.5 54.043 -0.3 A H B U (H8) B C D E F G Order no.064 +0.5 10 30 7 14 M22 x 1.5 26 28 17 4 17 M16 x 1.043 -0.5 Polished round 22SPCC ø5 x 35l SWRM ø125 clevis type 5 7.5 Polished round 22SPCC ø5 x 30l SWRM ø160 all types Order no. AC-D1bore size Knuckle Material: Carbon steel d (H8) Bore size (mm) A B C D Size Tolerance Spring pin hole Drilled after assembly d øD øL øM G 40 67 55 15 25 13 50 70 58 18 28 13 63 80 65 20 30 16 80 95 78 22 35 16 100 110 90 26 42 20 l 45° C K 160 120 100 30 50 22 +0.053 3 5 Polished round 12SPCC ø3 x 18l SWRM ø40 clevis type 4 5 Polished round 14SPCC ø4 x 22l SWRM ø50 clevis type 4 5 Polished round 16SPCC ø4 x 22l SWRM ø63 clevis type 5 5 5 7. D-K39 Auto switch 49 Reed switch D-A44 Approx. Ht Solid state switches D-F5. D-J59W D-F5BAL.8 to ø9. Hs 56 G 1/2 (applicable cable O. D-F5NTL D-F5W. D-F5F A B 33 G 1/2 (applicable cable O. Hs Auto switch D-B5. D-A6 D-A59W Approx. D-B6 A 101 33 22. ø6.Series CHA Auto Switch Specifications Auto Switches: Proper Mounting Positions and Mounting Heights for Stroke End Detection <Tie-rod mount type> Reed switches Approx.D.D. ø6.5 15 12 B . Hs Auto switch D-A5. Hs Reed switch D-A3 Solid state switches B 36 A 34 56 D-G39.8 to ø9.6) <Band mount type> Approx.6) 36 B Auto switch 49 A Reed switches Approx. Ht Approx. D-J5. 5 28.5 33.5 11.5 21. D-K39 D-A59W (mm) D-F5.5 31.5 63 13.5 20 21 24 25 25 26 80 13.5 17.5 17 18 21 22 22 23 11 12 14 15 11. D-J59W D-F5BA.5 14.5 13.Tie-rod Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Single Rod Series CHA Proper auto switch mounting positions Auto switch type Bore size (mm) 40 D-A5. D-J5 D-F5W.5 104 95 104 114 102 .5 27.5 18.5 38 72.5 15. D-B64 D-B59W A B A B A B A B A B A B A B 10.5 63.5 19.5 14.5 39 43 39 43.5 78 88 43 48.5 24.5 21.5 14. D-F5F D-F5NT Hs — D-B5 D-B6 Hs D-A3 D-G39 D-K39 D-A44 Hs Hs 38 33.5 20.5 70 Ht 93. D-A6 D-A59W Hs Ht 40 39.5 27.5 17.5 23.5 16.5 82.5 20.5 43 — 85 57 51 56 51 59 65 58.5 100 Auto switch mounting heights Auto switch type Bore size (mm) D-A5.5 22. D-A44 D-G39. D-A6 D-A3. D-J5 D-F5W.5 32.5 17.5 50 44 63 50 80 100 (mm) D-F5.5 16.5 58.5 24. D-J5W D-F5BAL D-F5F D-F5NTL D-B5.5 — — — 50 11 13 15 17 17.5 20 23 24 27 25 28 14 17 17 20 17 21 21 25 23. PLC — PLC — — — Relay....) DC — Reed switch Yes Grommet — 12V No 2-wire DIN terminal Grommet Grommet 2-wire — Terminal conduit Diagnostic indication (2-color display) Water resistant (2-color display) With timer With diagnostic output (2-color display) Latch type with diagnostic output (2-color display) ∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.Tie-rod Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Double Rod Series CHAW 3.... for cylinders with built-in magnets In the case of cylinders with built-in magnets but no auto switches..5m . 12V 5V.. (Example) CHDAWB50-100 Special function Refer to "Auto Switch Guide" CAT.5 3 (Nil) (L) AC 100V 200V — Lead wire length (m)∗ Band mount 12V 24V 5V. ø160 How to Order 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 Tube material Aluminum alloy Steel tube Nil F With Auto Switch CHAW L CHDAW L 40mm 50mm 63mm 80mm 100mm 125mm 160mm 40 40 Built-in magnet Aluminum tube Steel tube Bore size Auto switch type Nil 100 100 Without auto switch ∗ Select applicable auto switch models from the table below... ø125.... Z (Example) A53Z 103 — 3-wire (NPN) 4-wire (NPN) A56 A53 B53 A54 B54 — — IC circuit PLC — Relay. Nil Refer to the standard stroke table on page 104. ø80. ø63... PLC — — — — — — — — — PLC — IC circuit Relay.5MPa ø40. 1 pc. Nil (Example) A53 3m . 12V 12V 5V.. PLC — — IC circuit — J59 — — — G39 K39 F59W F5PW J59W F5BA F5NT F59F — — — — — — — — — — — — — — IC circuit — — Relay. D-B54. 12V 3-wire (NPN) 2-wire Yes 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) 2-wire Grommet 5V.. PLC IC circuit — IC circuit F5LF — 100V 200V — 200V or less — — — — 100V 200V 5V. Refer to pages 117 and 118 for auto switch circuit diagrams.. • Types D-B53.. D-B64 and D-B59W cannot be mounted on bore size ø63 cylinders.. 12V Yes 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) Solid state switch 24V Terminal conduit Diagnostic indication (2-color display) 5V 12V Auto switch type Tie-rod mount — A67 A64 — — — A59W F59 F5P J51 — B64 A33 A34 A44 B59W — Note) • Solid state auto switches marked "" are produced upon receipt of order. "n" pcs... Electrical entry Indicator light Type Applicable Auto Switches: Load voltage Wiring (output) 3-wire (NPN equiv.. Part nos.. L (Example) A53L 5m . ø100. 12V 12V 24V 0.E274-A for further details on each auto switch.. 3 pcs. ø50.. do not incicate any auto switch type symbol. 12V — Applicable load 5 (Z) — — 12V 5V. A34 Number of auto switches Cylinder stroke (mm) Mounting types Basic type Axial foot type Front flange type Center trunnion type Front trunnion type Bore size 40 50 63 80 100 40mm 50mm 63mm 80mm 100mm S 3 n Cylinder option Nil Aluminum tube B L F T U Cushion Both sides Without cushion With front cushion With rear cushion N R H 2 pcs..... . Single knuckle Double knuckle. starting with page 123 to determine stroke limitation depending on the type of mounting brackets that will be used. 160 Specifications Action Double acting/Double rod Fluid Nominal pressure Proof pressure Maximum allowable pressure Minimum operating pressure Ambient and fluid temperature Piston speed Cushion Thread tolerance Hydraulic fluid 3. D-K39 BD1-04M BD1-05M BD1-06M BD1-08M BD1-10M Auto switch types D-A5.25 +1.8 +1. Hydraulic Fluid Compatibility Cushion Strokes (for Front & Rear) Accessories (Optional) Refer to page 100. 1000 to 1200mm 0 mm Mounting type Basic type (B). Center trunnion type (T). Double clevis type (D). 50. D-A59W. D-J5 D-B5. 80. • Smooth cushioning Cushioning nearly equal to a shock absorber is achieved with a unique cushion ring configuration and cushion seal design. Front flange type (F). Model Tube material CHAW Aluminum alloy CHAFW Steel Bore sizes (mm) 40. D-B6 D-F5W.0MPa 3. • Easy position detection with auto switches Aluminum cylinder sizes ø40 to ø100 are auto switch capable for easy stroke position detection. Front trunnion type (U) Note 1) Insert type with check mechanism. 100. 100 to 250mm 0 mm. D-F5F BA-04 BT-04 BA-05 BT-06 — BT-06 BA-08 BT-08 BA-10 BT-08 Standard Strokes Bore size (mm) Standard strokes (mm) 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 25 to 800 25 to 800 25 to 800 25 to 1000 25 to 1000 25 to 1000 50 to 1200 Note) Refer to the stroke selection Table in Technical Data 2. 63. 250 to 630mm 0 mm +1. D-F5. Compatibility Bore size (mm) Standard mineral hydraulic fluid Compatible W/O hydraulic fluid Compatible 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 Hydraulic fluid O/W hydraulic fluid Compatible Water/Glycol hydraulic fluid Not compatible Phosphate hydraulic fluid Not compatible Effective cushion stroke (mm) 15 15 17 20 20 20 22 Knuckle bracket. Single clevis type (C).4 630 to 1000mm 0 mm. 100 40. Axial foot type (L). 63.5MPa 5. D-A6. Bore size (mm) 40 50 63 80 100 D-A3. 80.25MPa Without auto switch: –10° to 80°C With auto switch: –10° to 60°C 8 to 300mm/s Cushion seal Note 1) JIS class 2 Stroke length tolerance +1. D-A44 D-G39. Bracket pin Knuckle pin Rod boot ∗ Nylon tarpaulin Neoprene cloth ( ) ∗ Maximum ambient temperature: Nylon tarpaulin (60°C) Neoprene cloth (110°C) 104 . JIS symbol Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part Nos. ∗ Refer to page 136 for definitions of terms related to pressure.0 to 100mm +0. 50.5MPa 0. 125.Tie-rod Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Double Rod Series CHAW Models • Light Principle parts are light weight aluminum alloy. Then make sure your selection. D-F5NT. Rear flange type (G). D-F5BA. D-J59W.8 0 mm. 16 … 120 — 120 15 + 50 (n – 2) 2 90 + 50 (n – 4) — 2 n = 2. 4. 1 or 2 pcs. 6. "n" pcs. 8 … 2 pcs. 8 … D-B59W 100 + 55 100 n = 2. 8. 2 n = 4. 8. 16 … (n – 4) 2 n = 4. 3. 12. D-B6 Center trunnion type Number of auto switches Auto switch types 90 . 6. 8. 8 … n = 2. 6. 12. 2 pcs. 8 … 120 + 50 (n – 4) 2 n = 4. 4. 12. 4. 16 … 75 + 50 (n – 2) 90 + 50 (n – 2) n = 2. 8 … n = 2. 16 … Same side 1 pc. 16 … 120 + 50 (n – 2) n = 2. 6. D-J5 Mounting brackets other than center trunnion ø40 and ø50 ø63 ø80 ø100 1 or 2 pcs. 4. 4 … n = 2. 8. 6. 12. 8 … 55 + 50 (n – 2) 75 + 50 (n – 2) 80 + 50 (n – 2) 90 + 50 (n – 2) n = 2. 4. 10 75 80 90 Different sides 35 75 80 90 Same side 55 75 80 90 35 + 30 (n – 2) 75 + 30 (n – 2) 80 + 30 (n – 2) 90 + 30 (n – 2) n = 2. 4. 16 … 110 + 55 (n – 4) 120 + 55 2 n = 4. 8. 6. 12. (different sides/same side) D-A59W "n" pcs. D-J59W (different sides/same side) D-F5BA D-F5F D-F5NT "n" pcs. 4.4 . 1 pc. 4 … n = 2. 3.1 2. 4. 6. 6. 6.6. 105 10 75 80 (n – 4) 2 n = 4. 4.Series CHAW Minimum Strokes for Auto Switch Mounting n: Numbers of auto switched D-A5. 16 … 110 (n – 4) 2 n = 4. 8 … Different sides Same side 1 pc. 4 … D-A44 "n" pcs. 12. 12. 4. 8 … 2 n = 2. 2 pcs. 6. 8. 4 … n = 2. "n" pcs. D-F5W. 3. (different sides/same side) 10 100 100 110 120 "n" pcs. 8 … D-B5. 4. 3. 6. 8 … n = 2. (same side) 20 20 + 55 1 pc. 8 … (n – 4) — — 120 + 50 (n – 4) 2 n = 4. 4 … n = 2. 6. 4. 3. 6. 4. 6. (same side) 10 + 55 (n – 2) 2 n = 2. 16 … 15 Same side 2 pcs. 8. 16 … 75 + 50 (n – 2) 90 + 50 n = 2. 16 … 15 n = 2. 8. 12. D-A6 D-F5. 4. 8 … (n – 2) — 2 120 + 50 (n – 2) 10 90 — 120 Different sides 20 90 — 120 Same side 75 90 — 120 Different sides (n – 2) 20 + 50 2 90 + 50 n = 2 . 8 … 100 + 100 (n – 2) 100 + 100 (n – 2) n = 4. 12. 2 120 75 Different sides (n – 4) n = 4. 8. 8. 12. 8 … n = 2. 8 … n = 4. 100 + 55 (n – 4) 100 + 55 2 Different sides Same side D-A3 D-G39 D-K39 (n – 4) n = 4. 12. 4 … n = 2. 6. 3. 4. "n" pcs. 8. 6. 6. 16 … — Different sides 2 100 90 Different sides (n – 4) n = 4. 8. 100 (n – 4) 100 + 55 2 n = 4. 8. 16 … 130 + 55 (n – 4) 140 + 55 2 n = 4. 12. 8 … n = 4. 8. 8. 6. 4. 12. 16 … 90 1 pc. 8 … n = 2. 6 … 15 90 35 75 2 Same side Same side 2 n = 2. 16 … 100 110 120 15 120 120 130 140 15 + 55 (n – 2) 2 120 + 55 (n – 4) 120 + 55 2 n = 4. 16 … 110 + 55 (n – 4) 120 + 55 2 n = 4. 8 … n = 2. 4. (same side) (n – 2) 2 2 pcs. 8 … — 120 80 90 100 35 + 30 (n – 2) 75 + 30 (n – 2) 80 + 30 (n – 2) 90 + 30 (n – 2) n = 2. 12. 60 Front trunnion type 1.86 2.25 Flange type 1.59 2.59 Additional weight per 10mm stroke 0. 3.27 2.49 9..14 x 100/10 = 4.71 2.72 3.84 2.62 160 0.46 Bore size (mm) Front trunnion type 1.08 + 0.52 Additional weight per 10mm stroke 0.55 3.97 9.93 16.14/10mm stroke • Cylinder stroke … 100mm 3.31 23.39 10.39 14..38 0.90 Foot type 1.14 10.10 3.54 8.42 5.48 0.23 4.78 4.48kg Steel tube (0mm stroke) Basic weight Unit: kg 40 50 63 80 100 125 Basic type 1.55 16..20 0.14 27.34 Flange type 1.57 3.24 0.95 3.62 6.55 Foot type 2.56 3.77 Center trunnion type 2.94 106 . 0.32 (0mm stroke) Basic weight Bore size (mm) Calculation (example) CHAWL50-100 • Basic weight …………….69 2.08 (foot type.02 6.18 0.35 5.09 7.01 2. ø50) • Additional weight ………….40 9.85 5.99 3.86 2.71 3.51 27.18 0.16 0.80 Center trunnion type 1.16 2.42 10.28 3.1 0.19 12.05 24.44 2.89 3.08 4.35 6.71 10.01 7.67 9.18 13.14 0.58 6.Tie-rod Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder Series CHAW Double Acting/Double Rod Weights Aluminum tube Unit: kg 40 50 63 80 100 Basic type 1. Description Material Note Aluminum alloy 70% flat black Aluminum alloy Hard anodized 1 Rod cover 2 Cylinder tube 3 Piston rod A Carbon steel 4 Piston rod B Carbon steel 5 Piston 6 7 Cushion ring Needle valve Seal kit no. 16 through 20 and 22 from the chart at left ∗ Seal kits consist of items of 16 through 20 and 22.Series CHAW Construction ø40 Replacement parts: Seal kits Parts list No. 40 CHAW40-PS 50 CHAW50-PS Hard chromium electronplated 63 CHAW63-PS Hard chromium electronplated 80 CHAW80-PS Aluminum alloy 100 CHAW100-PS Rolled steel 125 CHAW125-PS Rolled steel 160 CHAW160-PS Carbon steel 8 Bushing Lead bronze 9 Tie-rod Carbon steel 10 11 Tie-rod washer Spring pin Rolled steel 12 Needle valve nut Carbon steel 13 Tie-rod nut Carbon steel 14 Air release valve 15 Check ball Bearing steel 16 Wiper ring NBR 17 Rod seal NBR 18 Piston seal NBR 19 Needle valve seal NBR 20 Cylinder tube gasket NBR 21 Piston gasket NBR 22 Cushion seal — 107 Bore size (mm) Steel wire Alloy steel Kit components Nos. and can be ordered by using the seal kit number for each bore size. . 5 30 3/8 47 120 11 12 10 80 280 22 20 M12 x 1.025 0 43 -0.062 25 14 17.5 140 112 160 42 9 174 140 45 E GA J K M MA MM NA P R S T V W M8 x 1.5 0 9 63 28 8 80 60 80 32 8 100 75 100 38 6.5 20 16 22 M16 x 1.75 27 21 34 M27 x 2 35 1/2 66 140 12 20 16 100 340 80 -0.074 32 35.5 50 25 73 53 19 -0.5 8 H 66 246 ZZ M10 x 1.5 80 -0.5 22 16 25 M18 x 1.5 30 1/4 37 114 11 7.074 35 27 19 M14 x 2 27 24 34 M27 x 2 35 1/2 77 140 12 20 16 100 340 0 100-0.025 0 34 -0.4 0 55 -0.025 22.5 30 3/8 43 116 11 10 9 73 262 M10 x 1.5 35 1/2 57 132 11 16 13 90 312 35 27 19 M12 x 1.75 26 19 29 M22 x 1.018 0 18 0 45 -0.5 118 90 125 38 6.074 30 17 17 28 0 65 -0.062 28 17 17 0 21 -0.Tie-rod Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Double Rod Series CHAW Dimensions Basic type: CHAWB T T GA 4-J Width across flats G Air release GA Width across flats G MM 2-Rc P Cushion V V adjustment screw MA A a ød øD øE øE øD WW ød R (max.074 0 35.25 18 13 20 M14 x 1.021 0 34 -0.021 0 26 -0.021 0 20 0 50 -0.) MM M M K F NA NA a F K S + Stroke H MA C A B H + Stroke ZZ + 2 strokes (mm) Bore size (mm) A B C D d F G 40 23 10 a 60 44 17 -0.087 38 36 22 M16 x 2 28 27 38 M33 x 2 40 3/4 94 159 12 24 20 108 375 108 . 087 F G H J K LS LT M MA MM NA 25 14 17.5 12 22 M16 x 1.75 26 13 65 212 12 75 115 14 29 M22 x 1.074 0 -0.5 118 118 90 34 -0.) ød WW a 2-Rc P 4-J A MA LH ±0.025 35.025 45 174 174 140 d D E 0 80 0 80 0 100 (mm) Bore size (mm) P R S T V W X Y ZZ 40 1/4 37 114 11 7.021 55 80 32 8 100 100 75 0 28 26 -0.5 125 38 6.75 27 13 80 234 14 90 139 14 34 M27 x 2 35 35 27 19 100 M14 x 2 27 15 100 250 16 112 170 16 34 M27 x 2 35 38 36 22 108 M16 x 2 28 17 110 279 18 140 197 18 38 M33 x 2 40 GA LD LH LX LY .5 30 30 17 17 80 M10 x 1.5 20 11 52 176 10 53 88.062 0 -0.074 0 -0.025 35.5 22 11 55 194 10 60 95 12 25 M18 x 1.5 140 140 112 34 -0.Series CHAW Dimensions Foot type: CHAWL MM MM 4-øLD NA Y NA S + Stroke X Width across flats G LT LT Width across flats G X T T C Y B Cushion V V adjustment screw R (max.2 F øE GA Air release øD GA ød øE øD F LY H + Stroke H K A MA a LX B LS + Stroke ZZ + 2 strokes (mm) Bore size (mm) B B C 40 23 10 A a 60 60 44 0 18 17 -0.021 65 100 38 6.074 0 -0.5 160 42 9 43 -0.074 0 -0.5 30 32 22 20 90 M12 x 1.5 66 M8 x 1.062 0 -0.25 18 9 47 168 8 44 77 10 20 M14 x 1.5 35 35 27 19 100 M12 x 1.021 50 63 28 8 80 80 60 0 22.5 8 27 8 246 50 3/8 43 116 11 10 9 30 10 262 63 3/8 47 120 11 12 10 37 10 280 80 1/2 57 132 11 16 13 40 13 312 100 1/2 66 140 12 20 16 47 13 340 125 1/2 77 140 12 20 16 55 15 340 160 3/4 94 159 12 24 20 60 20 375 109 0 -0.4 21 -0.018 45 50 25 9 73 73 53 0 20 19 -0.5 30 28 17 17 73 M10 x 1. 087 F FD FT H J K M MA MM NA P 14 17.074 0 -0.4 55 80 32 8 100 100 75 0 26 -0.25 18 16 20 M14 x 1.5 30 3/8 60 122 17 17 80 M10 x 1.021 50 63 28 8 80 80 60 0 21-0.5 8 246 50 43 116 11 10 9 262 63 47 120 11 12 10 280 80 57 132 11 16 13 312 100 66 140 12 20 16 340 125 77 140 12 20 16 340 160 94 159 12 24 20 375 110 .074 0 -0.025 0 35.025 0 45 174 174 140 D d E 100 0 -0.5 20 22 22 M16 x 1.5 118 118 90 34 -0.5 66 M8 x 1.5 80 125 38 6.025 0 35.021 28 65 100 38 6.75 27 26 34 M27 x 2 35 1/2 15 18 170 112 200 27 19 100 M14 x 2 27 30 34 M27 x 2 35 1/2 17 20 205 140 240 36 22 108 M16 x 2 28 34 38 M33 x 2 40 3/4 25 9 10 28 11 30 11 32 FX FY FZ 77 44 10 95 12 102 13 12 35 13 35 38 95 G GA (mm) Bore size (mm) R S T V W ZZ 40 37 114 11 7.062 0 -0.Tie-rod Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Double Rod Series CHAW Front flange type: CHAWF Air release GA M 4-øFD Width across flats G Width across flats G MM MA A a a FT K NA F NA F V V MA C A B K H + Stroke S + Stroke H T T Cushion adjustment screw R (max.5 35 1/2 16 145 90 172 27 19 100 M12 x 1.5 140 140 112 34 -0.5 30 3/8 130 75 155 22 20 90 M12 x 1.062 0 -0.75 26 26 29 M22 x 1.074 0 -0.) øD øE øE øD WW ød ød MM 2-Rc P 4-J FY B GA FX ZZ + 2 strokes FZ (mm) Bore size (mm) B B C 40 23 10 A a 60 60 44 0 18 17 -0.021 22.5 80 160 42 9 43 -0.018 45 50 25 9 73 73 53 0 20 19 -0.074 0 -0.5 22 20 25 M18 x 1.5 30 1/4 53 115 17 17 73 M10 x 1. 050 R2.021 0 26 -0.032 R0.062 28 17 17 73 M10 x 1.074 0 80 -0.089 -0.4 28 35.025 0 43 -0.050 R2.5 45 (mm) Bore size (mm) TT Z ZZ 8 123 246 78 108 10 9 131 262 86 115 12 10 140 280 36 112 106 162 16 13 156 312 100 42 140 130 204 20 16 170 340 125 42 170 162 234 20 16 170 340 160 52 212 200 284 24 20 187.5 A a 9 63 28 8 80 60 80 32 8 100 75 100 38 6.5 35 1/2 57 132 11 25 -0.074 0 100 -0.5 35.5 20 10 22 M16 x 1.059 -0.5 38 36 22 108 M16 x 2 28 17 38 M33 x 2 40 3/4 94 159 12 36 -0.75 27 13 34 M27 x 2 35 1/2 66 140 12 32 -0.5 375 TX TY TZ V 40 24 70 65 95 7.5 66 M8 x 1.087 30 17 17 80 M10 x 1.5 50 25 73 53 19 -0.) GA C A B H + Stroke 0 TX -0.5 118 90 125 38 6.059 -0.074 0 65 -0.5 32 22 20 90 M12 x 1.021 0 20 0 50 -0.5 35 27 19 100 M12 x 1.018 0 18 0 45 -0.032 R0.5 140 112 160 42 9 174 140 22.059 -0.025 0 55 -0.050 R2.089 -0.5 30 3/8 47 120 11 15 -0.074 0 80 -0.5 0 21 -0.5 50 26 83 63 26 90 80 111 W GA TR .032 R0.073 -0.062 25 14 17.040 R2.5 35 27 19 100 M14 x 2 27 15 34 M27 x 2 35 1/2 77 140 12 32 -0.Series CHAW Dimensions Center trunnion type: CHAWT ZZ + 1/2 stroke 2-Rc P GA A M F K øD ød WW ød øD MA a NA K F S + Stroke H T T Cushion V V adjustment screw TR a MA M NA øE MM MM øE 4-J Width across flats G TY TT Air release øTDe8 Width across flats G Air release R (max.75 26 13 29 M22 x 1.021 0 34 -0.025 0 34 -0.089 -0.5 ZZ + 2 strokes TZ (mm) Bore size (mm) E B C D d F G H J K M MA MM NA P R S T TDe8 40 23 10 60 44 17 -0.5 30 1/4 37 114 11 15 -0.5 22 10 25 M18 x 1.5 30 3/8 43 116 11 15 -0.25 18 10 20 M14 x 1. 018 45 50 25 73 53 0 20 19 -0.062 0 -0.089 -0.5 140 112 34 160 42 9 43 174 140 d D 0 -0.25 18 10 20 M14 x 1.5 80 35.5 GA (mm) Bore size (mm) TT TX TY TZ V W Z ZZ 40 16 70 60 95 7.062 0 -0.5 8 58 246 50 16 83 73 108 10 9 65 262 63 16 90 80 115 12 10 72 280 80 30 112 100 162 16 13 75 312 100 34 140 118 204 20 16 83 340 125 34 170 140 234 20 16 83 340 160 38 212 174 284 24 20 89 375 112 .059 R0.025 0 -0.050 R2.5 ZZ + 2 strokes TZ (mm) Bore size (mm) A B C 40 23 10 a 60 44 0 18 17 -0.040 -0.059 R0.032 -0.75 27 13 34 M27 x 2 35 1/2 66 140 12 32 -0.032 -0.050 R2.025 E 22.5 38 36 22 108 M16 x 2 28 17 38 M33 x 2 40 3/4 94 159 12 36 -0.050 R2.074 0 -0.5 35 27 19 100 M14 x 2 27 15 34 M27 x 2 35 1/2 77 140 12 32 -0.) Width across flats G MA A a a F K NA NA S + Stroke H K F MA C A B H + Stroke 0 TX -0.5 32 22 20 90 M12 x 1.021 0 -0.021 0 -0.074 0 -0.059 R0.073 R2.5 35 27 19 100 M12 x 1.074 0 -0.025 0 -0.75 26 13 29 M22 x 1.089 -0.5 30 3/8 47 120 11 15 -0.Tie-rod Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder Series Double Acting/Double Rod CHAW Front trunnion type: CHAWU Z 2-Rc P 4-J Width across flats G GA M MM Cushion V V adjustment screw TR øTDe8 øE øD øE øD WW ød ød MM T T TY Air release GA TT R (max.5 35 1/2 57 132 11 25 -0.021 50 9 63 28 8 80 60 21 80 32 8 100 75 26 100 38 6.5 30 3/8 43 116 11 15 -0.5 30 1/4 37 114 11 15 -0.5 66 M8 x 1.5 30 17 17 80 M10 x 1.032 -0.5 80 45 100 0 -0.087 F G H J K M MA MM NA P R S T TDe8 TR 25 14 17.089 -0.074 0 -0.4 55 28 65 35.5 20 13 22 M16 x 1.5 28 17 17 73 M10 x 1.5 22 15 25 M18 x 1.5 118 90 34 125 38 6. D-B6 A 113 33 B . ø6. D-F5F A B 33 G 1/2 (applicable cable O. Hs Auto switch Reed switches Approx.5 Reed switches D-B5. D-K39 B 36 A 34 <Band mount type> Auto switch 49 G 1/2 (applicable cable O.6) Approx. ø6.Series CHAW Auto Switch Specifications Auto Switches: Proper Mounting Positions and Mounting Heights for Stroke End Detection <Tie-rod mount type> Approx.8 to ø9. Hs 56 Reed switch D-A3 Solid state switches D-G39.D.6) Approx. Ht Approx. Hs Reed switch 56 D-A44 36 B Auto switch D-A4 49 A Approx. Ht D-A5.D. D-J5 D-F5NTL D-F5W. D-J59W D-F5BAL. Hs Auto switch 15 12 22.8 to ø9. D-A6 D-A59W Solid state switches D-F5. D-J5 D-F5W. D-J5 D-F5W. D-B64 D-B59W A B A B A B A B A B A B A B 10.5 17.5 63 13.5 24.5 28.5 63.5 43 — 85 57 51 56 51 59 93.5 32.5 27.5 23.5 14.5 14.5 20.5 17 18 21 22 22 23 11 12 14 15 11.5 20 23 24 27 25 28 14 17 17 20 17 21 21 25 23.5 11. D-F5F D-F5NT Hs — D-B5 D-B6 Hs D-A3 D-G39 D-A44 D-K39 Hs Hs 38 33.5 78 88 43 48.5 27.5 70 104 114 Ht 95 114 .5 21. D-K39 D-A59W (mm) D-F5. D-A44 D-G39.5 14.5 33.5 82.Tie-rod Type Low Pressure Hydraulic Cylinder Double Acting/Double Rod Series CHAW Proper auto switch mounting positions Auto switch types Bore size (mm) 40 D-A5.5 31.5 38 72.5 39 43 39 43.5 13.5 100 Auto switch mounting heights Auto switch types Bore size (mm) D-A5.5 104 65 58.5 58.5 17. D-J59W D-F5BA.5 20 21 24 25 25 26 80 13.5 50 44 63 50 80 100 (mm) D-F5.5 19.5 16.5 22. D-A6 D-A3.5 15.5 — — — 50 11 13 15 17 17.5 16.5 20.5 21.5 24.5 17. D-A6 D-A59W Hs Ht 40 39. D-J5W D-F5BAL D-F5F D-F5NTL D-B5.5 18. Auto switch 50MΩ or more at 500VDC (between lead wire and case) 1500VAC for 1min.5m 3m 5m None ∗ Applicable only to connector type switches D-C. Auto Switch Common Specifications Type Reed switch Leakage current None Solid state switch 3-wire: 100µA or less 2-wire: 0. (between lead wire and case) –10° to 60°C ∗ 1) Electrical entry: Connector type (A73C. A80C.Hydraulic Cylinders Auto Switch Specifications Specific Product Precautions Be sure to read auto switch precautions on pages 139 through 141 before handling auto switches. F7NTL. ∗ 2) Except solid state switches with timer (F5NTL.8mA or less Operating time 1. and G5NTL) Switch operating position (ON) Note) Hysteresis Reed switch: 2mm or less Solid state switch: 1mm or less Lead Wire Lengths Lead wire length indication (example) D–A73 L Note) The amount of hysteresis varies with the operating environment and is not guaranteed. C73C. Note 1) Lead wire length: Z (5m) applicable auto switches Reed: D-B53. D-A73(C)(H).5m is not available) Part numbers for lead wires with connector (applicable only to connector type) Type Lead wire length D-LC05 0.∗1) (between lead wire and case) Withstand voltage Auto Switch Hysteresis Ambient temperature 1000VAC for 1min.5m D-LC30 3m D-LC50 5m 115 Switch operating position (OFF) . Note 2) The standard lead wire length is 3 meters for solid state switches with timer and water resistant 2-color display solid state switches. Consult with SMC regarding applications in which hysteresis becomes a problem. Lead wire length Nil L Z N∗ 0. D-A80C. D-Z73 Solid state: All types are produced upon receipt of order. and C80C) and type A9 are 1000VAC for 1 minute (between lead wire and case). (0. D-C80C. D-B54. D-A53.2ms 1ms or less∗2) 300m/s² 1000m/s² Impact resistance Insulation resistance Hysteresis is the distance between the position at which piston movement operates an auto switch and the position at which movement in the opposite direction turns the switch OFF. D-C73(C). This hysteresis is included in part (one side) of the operating range. D-A54. Auto Switch Specifications Contact Protection Boxes: CD-P11, CD-P12 Internal circuits <Applicable switch models> D-A7, D-A8, D-A7H, D-A80H, D-A73C, D-A80C, D-C7, D-C8, D-C73C, D-C80C, D-Z7, D-Z8, D-A9, D-A9V, D-A79W The above auto switches do not have built-in contact protection circuits. Lead wire colors inside [ ] are those prior to conformity with IEC standards. CD-P11 1. The operating load is an induction load. Surge absorber OUT Brown [Red] Choke coil 2. The length of wiring to the load is 5m or more. OUT Blue [Black] 3. The load voltage is 100VAC or 200VAC. OUT (–) Blue [Black] Dimensions 38 Contact protection box specifications CD-P11 100VAC 25mA ∗ Lead wire length: Switch connection side 0.5m Load connection side 0.5m 200VAC 12.5mA ø3.4 SWITCH CD-P 18 4.4 VOLT Part no. Load voltage Maximum load current OUT (+) Brown [Red] Choke coil Zener diode 3.4 Further, even in the case of a type of auto switch with built-in contact protection circuit (D-A34, D-A44, D-A54, D-A64, D-B54, D-B64, D-A59W, D-B59W), if the length of the wiring to the load is extremely long (30m or more) and a PLC having a large rush current is used, consult with SMC as a contact protection box may be necessary. CD-P12 9 A contact protection box should be used in any of the above conditions, otherwise, the life of the contacts may be reduced. (They may stay on continuously.) Since this effect is especially great in the case of type D-A72 (H), be sure to use a contact protection box regardless of the type of load or length of wiring. 15.5 46 CD-P12 24VDC 50mA Connection To connect a switch unit to a contact protection box, connect the lead wire from the side of the contact protection box marked SWITCH to the lead wire coming out of the switch unit. Moreover, the switch unit should be kept as close as possible to the contact protection box, with a lead wire that is no more than 1 meter in length. 116 Hydraulic Cylinders Auto Switch Specifications Auto Switch Internal Circuits Reed switches Lead wire colors inside [ ] are those prior to conformity with IEC standards. D-A73, D-A73H, D-C73, D-Z73, D-A93, D-A93V LED Contact protection box Reed switch Resistor Zener diode D-A72, D-A72H LED CD-P11 OUT(-) Blue [Black} CD-P12 Choke coil Zener diode OUT Blue [Black] Contact protection box CD-P12 D-A73C, D-C73C DC(+) Brown [Red] (+) OUT Reverse Black current prevention [White] diode DC(-) Blue [Black] Choke coil OUT(+) Brown [Red] Resistor Reed switch Load Brown [Red] LED DC power Resistor (-) D-A80, D-A80H, D-A80C, D-A90 D-A90V, D-C80, D-C80C, D-Z80 OUT Brown [Red] Surge absorber Blue [Black] D-A56, D-A76H, D-A96(V) D-C76, D-Z76 LED Brown [Red] Resistor Blue [Black] Reed switch Contact protection box CD-P11 OUT(+) Brown [Red] Reed switch Brown [Red] Zener diode Zener diode OUT(-) Blue [Black] Blue [Black] D-A67 Reed switch OUT( ) Blue [Black] D-A79W D-A53, D-B53 OUT(+) Brown [Red] Reed switch OUT(-) Blue [Black] Resistor OUT(+) Brown [Red] Zener diode Main circuit of switch LED Reed switch OUT(±) Brown [Red] ± Reed switch OUT( ) Blue [Black] OUT(±) Brown [Red] CD-P11 CD-P12 ± Contact protection box Reverse current prevention diode LED OUT(-) Blue [Black] D-A54, D-B54 D-A59W, D-B59W Zener diode Choke coil Choke coil Reed switch OUT(-) Blue [Black] LED OUT (+) Brown [Red] Main circuit of switch Resistor Surge absorber OUT(+) Brown [Red] Reed switch Zener diode LED OUT(-) Blue [Black] D-A64, D-B64 Choke coil Reed switch ± OUT(±) Brown [Red] OUT( ) Blue [Black] Surge absorber OUT(-) Terminal No. 2 Resistor OUT(+) Terminal No. 1 D-A34, D-A44 Choke coil Reed switch LED Resistor Zener diode Surge absorber 117 OFF Indicator Red Green LED Zener diode OUT(-) Terminal No. 2 ON Operating range D-A33 Reed switch Indicator light/Display method OUT(+) Terminal No. 1 Red Optimum operating position Auto Switch Specifications Auto Switch Internal Circuits Solid state switches Lead wire colors inside [ ] are those prior to conformity with IEC standards. D-F5PW, D-G5PW, D-H7PW D-F7PW, D-Y7PW(V), D-F9PW(V) DC(+) Brown [Red] OUT Black [White] OUT Terminal No. 2 DC(–) Terminal No. 3 D-G5P, D-H7A2, D-F5P, D-F7P D-F7PV, D-Y7P(V), D-F9P(V) OUT(+) Brown [Red] DC(+) Brown [Red] OUT (normal output) Black [White] Diagnosis OUT (diagnostic output) Orange [Blue] DC(–) Blue [Black] OUT(–) Blue [Black] D-F59F, D-F79F, D-G59F, D-H7NF DC(+) Brown [Red] DC(+) Brown [Red] OUT (normal output) Black [White] OUT Black [White] Main circuit of switch Main circuit of switch OUT Black [White] DC(–) Blue [Black] D-F5BAL, D-F7BAL D-F5LF, D-F7LF, D-H7LF D-F7BAVL, D-F7BWV D-F9BAL, D-F9BW(V), D-G5BAL D-H7BAL, D-H7BW, D-J59W, D-J79W D-K59W, D-Y7BW(V), D-Y7BAL Main circuit of switch Main circuit of switch DC(+) Terminal No. 1 OUT Black [White] DC(–) Blue [Black] DC(–) Blue [Black] D-G39, D-G39C DC(+) Brown [Red] Main circuit of switch Main circuit of switch Main circuit of switch DC(+) Brown [Red] D-G59W, D-F59W, D-H7NW D-F7NWV, D-F79W, D-F9NW(V) D-Y7NW(V) Main circuit of switch D-F59, D-F79, D-F7NV, D-G59 D-H7A1, D-Y59A, D-Y69A, D-F9N(V) DC(–) Blue [Black] D-F7BV, D-H7B, D-H7C, D-J59, D-J79 D-J79C, D-K59, D-Y59B, D-Y69B, D-F9B(V) DC(–) Blue [Black] D-G5NTL, D-F5NTL D-F7NTL DC(+) Brown [Red] Main circuit of switch Main circuit of switch OUT(+) Brown [Red] OUT(–) Blue [Black] Diagnosis OUT (diagnostic output) Orange [Blue] OUT Black [White] DC(–) Blue [Black] D-K39, D-K39C Main circuit of switch OUT(+) Terminal No. 1 OUT(–) Terminal No. 2 Main circuit of switch D-J51 OUT Brown [Red] OUT Blue [Black] 118 the indicator lights may sometimes grow dim or not light up because of the dispersion and reduction of the current flowing to the switches. Leakage current from switch is 1mA.) Main circuit of switch Load Brown [Red] Main circuit of switch Black [White] Brown [Red] Load Load Load Blue [Black] Blue [Black] Blue [Black] Examples of Connection to PLC Sink input specifications 3-wire. protection circuit. The indicator lights will light up if both of the switches are in the ON state. etc. 2-wire Blue [Black] Input Switch COM PLC internal circuit Input Switch Blue [Black] Brown [Red] COM PLC internal circuit COM PLC internal circuit Connection Examples for AND (Series) and OR (Parallel) 3-wire AND connection for NPN output (using relays) – Brown [Red] Switch 1 Blue [Black] Switch 2 Blue [Black] Black [White] AND connection for NPN output (performed with switches only) Load Relay Relay contact Brown [Red] Black [White] Relay OR connection for NPN output Brown [Red] Brown [Red] Black Switch 1 Load [White] Blue [Black] Brown [Red] Black Switch 2 [White] Blue [Black] Switch 1 Black [White] Blue [Black] Brown [Red] Switch 2 Load Black [White] Blue [Black] The indicator lights will light up when both switches are turned ON. depending on the number of switches in the ON state. the load voltage will not increase when turned OFF. x 3kΩ = 6V Example: Load impedance is 3kΩ.Hydraulic Cylinders Auto Switch Connections and Examples Basic Wiring Solid state 3-wire. . PNP Brown [Red] Main circuit of switch Brown [Red] Load Black [White] 2-wire <Reed switch> 2-wire <Solid state> Main circuit of switch Blue [Black] Blue [Black] Blue [Black] Brown [Red] Brown [Red] Brown [Red] Indicator light. Main circuit of switch Load Black [White] Indicator light. Load voltage at ON = Power voltage voltage = 24V – 4V x 2 pcs. NPN Black Source input specifications 3-wire. 119 2-wire with 2-switch OR connection Brown [Red] Switch 1 Blue [Black] Switch 2 Brown [Red] Blue [Black] Load <Solid state> When two switches are connected in parallel. protection circuit. Voltage decline in switch is 4V. NPN Solid state 3-wire. malfunction may occur because the load voltage will increase when in the OFF state. PNP Black [White] Input [White] Input Brown [Red] Switch Blue [Black] 2-wire Switch Brown [Red] Blue [Black] COM PLC internal circuit Brown [Red] The connection method will vary depending on the PLC input specifications. <Reed switch> Because there is no current leakage. Load Blue [Black] (Power supplies for switch and load are separate. However. 2-wire with 2-switch AND connection Brown [Red] Switch 1 Switch 2 Blue [Black] Brown [Red] Blue [Black] Load When two switches are connected in series. Load Load voltage at OFF = Leakage current x 2 pcs. x impedance = 1mA x 2 pcs. = 16V Example: Power supply is 24VDC. a load may malfunction because the load voltage will decline when in the ON state. supply – Residual x 2 pcs. etc. Connect accordingly. 4 28 63 35.5 CHM 3.5 CH2F 7 CH2G 14 CH2H 14 3. etc.5 7 10 OUT 314 1099 2198 3140 IN 201 704 1407 2010 OUT 490 1715 3430 4900 IN 336 1176 2352 3360 OUT 804 2814 5628 8040 IN 549 1922 3843 5490 OUT 1256 4396 8792 12560 IN 862 3017 6034 8620 OUT 1963 6871 13741 19630 IN 1347 4715 9429 13470 OUT 3117 10910 21819 31170 IN 2127 7445 14889 21270 OUT 5026 17591 35182 50260 IN 3436 12026 24052 34360 OUT 7853 27486 54971 78530 IN 5390 18865 37730 53900 Theoretical output (N) = Pressure (MPa) x Piston area (mm²) 120 . Load type Low-speed operation (100mm/sec or less) High-speed operation Load factor 60 to 80% 25 to 35% OUT Series CHKDB Theoretical Output IN Unit: N Bore size (mm) 20 25 32 40 50 Rod size (mm) 12 14 18 22. (1) Sliding resistance on the cylinder bearings and seals. the relationship among generated force. (2) Pressure loss in hydraulic equipment and piping (3) Frictional resistance in moving parts of machinery It is necessary to select bore sizes considering these factors. Fp1 = µ1 x Ff₁ Fp2 = µ2 x Ff₂ π Ff1 = 4 D² x P π Ff2 = (D² .5 CH2E 3.5 CHA Relationship among generated force. bore size and pressure When a cylinder is nearly at rest.d²) x P 4 Formula (1) Formula (2) Formula (3) Formula (4) Fp1: Generated extension force of cylinder (N) Fp2: Generated retraction force of cylinder (N) Ff1: Theoretical extension output (N) Ff2: Theoretical retraction output (N) P: Operating pressure (MPa) D: Bore size (mm) d: Piston rod diameter (mm) µ1: Cylinder extension load pressure coefficient µ2: Cylinder retraction load pressure coefficient 125 160 Selection standards A cylinder's generated force will be lower than the theoretical output due to the following factors.Hydraulic Cylinders Technical Data 1 Bore Size Selection Series and bore sizes Series Bore size (mm) Nominal pressure (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 CHKDB 10 CHKGB 16 CHQB 3.5 80 45 100 56 Operating pressure (MPa) Operating direction Piston area (mm²) 3. Select bore sizes using the values below as reference for the load factor. bore size and pressure can be expressed with the following formulas. The ratio of the load to the theoretical output is the load factor. 5 942 1099 IN 235 235 352 470 587 705 822 OUT 490 490 735 980 1225 1470 1715 IN 377 377 565 754 942 1131 1319 OUT 804 804 1206 1608 2010 2412 2814 IN 603 603 904 1206 1507 1809 2110 OUT 1256 1256 1884 2512 3140 3768 4396 IN 1002 1002 1503 2004 2505 3006 3507 .Technical Data 1 Series CHKGB Theoretical Output Unit: N Bore size (mm) 20 3.5 2 2.5 IN 235 235 352 470 587 705 822 OUT 804 804 1206 1608 2010 2412 2814 IN 603 603 904 1206 1507 1809 2110 OUT 1256 1256 1884 2512 3140 3768 4396 IN 1055 1055 1582 2110 2637 3165 3692 OUT 1963 1963 2944 3926 4907 5889 6870 IN 1649 1649 2473 3298 4122 4947 5771 OUT 3117 3117 4675 6234 7792 9351 10909 IN 2803 2803 4204 5606 7007 8409 9810 OUT 5026 5026 7539 10052 12565 15078 17591 IN 4535 4535 6802 9070 11337 13605 15872 OUT 7853 7853 11779 15706 19632 23559 27485 IN 7147 7147 10720 14294 17867 21441 25014 Series CHM Theoretical Output Unit: N Bore size (mm) 20 121 Rod size Operating Piston area (mm) (mm²) direction 1 1.5 80 45 100 56 201 704 1407 2010 3216 OUT 490 1715 3430 4900 7840 IN 336 1176 2352 3360 5376 OUT 804 2814 5628 8040 12864 IN 549 1922 3843 5490 8784 OUT 1256 4396 8792 12560 20096 IN 862 3017 6034 8620 13792 OUT 1963 6871 13741 19630 31408 IN 1347 4715 9429 13470 21552 OUT 3117 10910 21819 31170 49872 IN 2127 7445 14889 21270 34032 OUT 5026 17591 35182 50260 80416 IN 3436 12026 24052 34360 54976 OUT 7853 27486 54971 78530 125648 IN 5390 18865 37730 53900 86240 Series CHQB Theoretical Output Unit: N Bore size (mm) 20 32 40 1 OUT 314 314 471 628 785 942 1099 10 16 16 50 20 63 20 80 100 Operating pressure (MPa) Rod size Operating Piston area (mm²) (mm) direction 25 30 1.5 7 10 16 OUT 314 1099 2198 3140 5024 IN 12 25 14 32 18 40 22.5 785 3 3.5 2 OUT 314 314 471 628 10 25 12 32 16 40 Operating pressure (MPa) 18 2.4 50 28 63 Operating pressure (MPa) Rod size Operating Piston area (mm²) (mm) direction 35.5 3 3. 4 28 35.Hydraulic Cylinders: Technical Data 1 Series CH2E/CH2F/CH2G/CH2H Theoretical Output Unit: N B-series rod Bore size (mm) 32 18 40 22.5 45 Operating direction Piston area (mm²) Operating pressure (MPa) 1 1.5 5 OUT 804 804 2813 4019 5627 7 10 8038 11254 14 IN 550 550 1923 2748 3847 5495 7693 OUT 1256 1256 4396 6280 8792 12560 17584 IN 862 862 3017 4311 6035 8621 12070 OUT 1963 1963 6869 9813 13738 19625 27475 IN 1347 1347 4715 6735 9429 13471 18859 OUT 3116 3116 10905 15578 21810 31157 43619 IN 2126 2126 7442 10632 14885 21264 29769 OUT 5024 5024 17584 25120 35168 50240 70336 IN 3434 3434 12020 17172 24041 34344 48081 OUT 7850 7850 27475 39250 54950 78500 109900 IN 5388 5388 18859 26941 37718 53882 75435 OUT 1256 1256 4396 6280 8792 12560 17584 IN 1002 1002 3506 5008 7012 10017 14023 OUT 1963 1963 6869 9813 13738 19625 27475 IN 1569 1569 5490 7843 10980 15686 21961 OUT 3116 3116 10905 15578 21810 31157 43619 IN 2500 2500 8751 12501 17502 25002 35003 OUT 5024 5024 17584 25120 35168 50240 70336 IN 4035 4035 14121 20174 28243 40347 56486 OUT 7850 7850 27475 39250 54950 78500 109900 IN 6260 6260 21911 31302 43823 62604 87645 Series CHA Theoretical Output Unit: N Bore size (mm) 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 Rod size (mm) 18 20 22.4 28 35.5 3 3.5 2 2.5 45 56 18 22.5 45 Operating direction Piston area (mm²) Operating pressure (MPa) 1 3.5 OUT 1257 1257 1886 2514 3143 3771 4400 IN 1002 1002 1503 2004 2505 3006 3507 OUT 1963 1963 2945 3926 4908 5889 6871 IN 1649 1649 2474 3298 4123 4947 5772 OUT 3117 3117 4676 6234 7793 9351 10910 IN 2723 2723 4085 5446 6808 8169 9531 OUT 5027 5027 7541 10054 12568 15081 17595 IN 4411 4411 6617 8822 11028 13233 15439 OUT 7854 7854 11781 15708 19635 23562 27489 IN 6864 6864 10296 13728 17160 20592 24024 OUT 12272 12272 18408 24544 30680 36816 42952 IN 11282 11282 16923 22564 28205 33846 39487 OUT 20106 20106 30159 40212 50265 60318 70371 IN 18516 18516 27774 37032 46290 55548 64806 122 .4 50 63 80 100 40 50 C-series rod Rod size (mm) 63 80 100 28 35.5 35. 05 0. The values in these tables indicate the maximum stroke that can be used in a situation when air is being supplied while the cylinder is stopped in an intermediate position by a) an external force acting on the pis- Series CHM Symbol ton rod and/or by b) an external stopper.05 0. Since the maximum usable stroke varies depending on the diameter of the piston rod and operating conditions. ø32. verify the applicability using the stroke range limit charts.5 Load (kN) 1 2 3 0. ø40 Mounting orientation Mounting orientation Symbol Symbol Mounting orientation Symbol F Mounting orientation F F F F F F 8 4 F F Bore size ø25 Bore size ø20 1000 F 3 7 6 6 5 4 8 3 7 1 1 5 Stroke (mm) 500 100 50 0.Hydraulic Cylinders Technical Data 2 Stroke Selection (maximum stroke based on buckling strength) Refer to the stroke range limit charts regarding rod buckling due to load weight.05 0.5 Load (kN) 1 2 5 . Stroke range limit charts: Bore sizes ø20.5 1 2 0. ø25.1 0.5 Load (kN) Load (kN) 6 4 3 7 8 6 4 5 8 3 7 5 1 500 Stroke (mm) 1 100 50 123 0.1 0.1 1 2 Bore size ø40 Bore size ø32 1000 0.05 0.1 0. ø63.5 1 Load (kN) 5 10 0. ø80 Series CHA Symbol Mounting orientation Symbol Mounting orientation Mounting orientation Symbol F F F F F 2 8 9 4 F F Bore size ø50 2 1 6 4 3 5 8 7 9 6 1000 Stroke (mm) F F 5 1 F F 7 3 Mounting orientation Symbol F Bore size ø40 3000 2000 Technical Data 2 500 100 50 0.Hydraulic Cylinders: Stroke range limit charts: Bore sizes ø40.5 1 5 Load (kN) 10 20 30 124 .1 0.5 1 5 Load (kN) 10 20 30 0. ø50.5 1 2 4 8 5 9 3 10 Bore size ø80 Bore size ø63 3000 2000 5 Load (kN) 5 7 6 1 4 8 9 3 7 2 1 6 Stroke (mm) 1000 500 100 50 0. ø160 Symbol Mounting orientation Mounting orientation Symbol F Symbol Mounting orientation F F F F F F 6 1 5 2 F F F Bore size ø125 4 3 8 2000 F F Bore size ø100 3000 Mounting orientation Symbol 7 1 5 2 4 3 6 9 6 7 9 Stroke (mm) 1000 500 100 50 0.Technical Data 2 Series CHA Stroke range limit charts: Bore sizes ø100. ø125.5 1 5 Load (kN) 10 20 50 Bore size ø160 3000 2000 5 1 2 4 8 9 3 7 6 Stroke (mm) 1000 500 100 50 125 5 10 20 Load (kN) 50 100 200 1 5 10 Load (kN) 20 30 50 . 1 0. CH2H Stroke range limit chart: Bore sizes ø32 & ø40 Symbol Mounting orientation Symbol Mounting orientation F Symbol Mounting orientation Symbol F F F F F Mounting orientation F F F F F Bore size ø32 B-rod 2000 5 2 4 8 3 7 1 6 1000 Stroke (mm) 500 100 50 10 0. CH2G. CH2F.5 1 5 10 20 Load (kN) 126 .5 1 Load (kN) 5 10 20 Bore size ø40 B-rod 5 2000 4 1 6 8 C-rod 3 2 7 4 3 5 2 7 8 1 1000 Stroke (mm) 6 500 100 50 0.5 1 5 Load (kN) 10 20 0.Hydraulic Cylinders: Technical Data 2 Series CH2E. CH2G.Technical Data 2 Series CH2E.5 1 5 Load (kN) 10 20 50 0.5 1 5 10 20 30 0.5 1 5 Load (kN) 10 20 50 Bore size ø80 B-rod 2000 6 8 3 7 5 1 6 2 1 1000 Stroke (mm) C-rod 4 5 8 3 4 2 7 500 100 50 1 5 10 Load (kN) 20 50 1 5 10 Load (kN) 20 50 Bore size ø100 B-rod 2000 6 1 C-rod 5 4 8 3 7 5 6 2 1 4 8 3 7 2 Stroke (mm) 1000 500 100 50 1 127 5 10 20 Load (kN) 50 100 1 5 10 20 Load (kN) 50 100 . ø80. CH2F.5 1 5 Load (kN) 10 20 30 Load (kN) Bore size ø63 B-rod 2000 6 1 5 C-rod 4 2 3 8 7 5 6 1 4 8 7 3 2 Stroke (mm) 1000 500 100 50 0. ø63. CH2H Stroke range limit charts: Bore sizes ø50. ø100 Bore size ø50 B-rod 2000 5 2 1 6 C-rod 4 8 3 5 7 1 6 8 4 2 3 7 Stroke (mm) 1000 500 100 50 0. 5MPa) m Load weight (kg) 100000 10000 ø160 ø125 ø100 ø80 1000 ø63 ø50 ø40 100 10 100 1000 Speed (mm/s) Series CHA (aluminum tube): Load weight for horizontal motion — Speed chart (extension. pressure 3.Hydraulic Cylinders Technical Data 3 Relationship Between Load Weight and Speed Load weight in light of cushion performance characteristics –– Speed charts Set up the inertial force that can be absorbed by the cylinder cushion within the values shown in the graphs.5MPa) m Load weight (kg) 100000 10000 ø160 ø125 ø100 ø80 1000 ø63 ø50 ø40 100 10 100 1000 Speed (mm/s) 128 . ∗ In case of vertical motion. since surge pressure is generated by the gravitational force. Series CHA (aluminum tube): Load weight for horizontal motion — Speed chart (retraction. pressure 3. adjust the load weight and speed below the maximum allowable pressure. pressure 5MPa) m Load weight (kg) 100000 10000 ø160 ø125 ø100 ø80 1000 ø63 ø50 ø40 100 10 100 Speed (mm/s) 129 1000 .Technical Data 3 Series CHA (steel tube): Load weight for horizontal motion — Speed chart (retraction. pressure 5MPa) m Load weight (kg) 100000 ø160 10000 ø125 ø100 ø80 ø63 1000 ø50 ø40 100 10 100 1000 Speed (mm/s) Series CHA (steel tube): Load weight for horizontal motion — Speed chart (extension. pressure 3.5MPa) 10000 ø100 ø80 1000 ø63 ø50 ø40 ø32 100 10 100 1000 Speed (mm/s) 130 .5MPa) 10000 ø100 ø80 ø63 ø50 1000 ø40 ø32 100 10 100 1000 Speed (mm/s) m Load weight (kg) Series CH2E: Load weight for horizontal motion — Speed chart (C-rod retraction. pressure 3.5MPa) 10000 ø100 ø80 ø63 ø50 1000 ø40 100 10 100 1000 Speed (mm/s) m Load weight (kg) Series CH2E: Load weight for horizontal motion — Speed chart (extension.Hydraulic Cylinders: Technical Data 3 m Load weight (kg) Series CH2E: Load weight for horizontal motion — Speed chart (B-rod retraction. pressure 3. Technical Data 3 Series CH2F: Load weight for horizontal motion — Speed chart (B-rod retraction. pressure 7MPa) 10000 ø100 ø80 ø63 ø50 1000 ø40 100 10 100 1000 Speed (mm/s) m Load weight (kg) Series CH2F: Load weight for horizontal motion — Speed chart (extension. pressure 7MPa) 10000 ø100 ø80 ø63 ø50 1000 ø40 ø32 100 10 100 Speed (mm/s) 131 1000 . pressure 7MPa) m Load weight (kg) 10000 ø100 ø80 ø63 ø50 1000 ø40 ø32 100 10 100 1000 Speed (mm/s) m Load weight (kg) Series CH2F: Load weight for horizontal motion — Speed chart (C-rod retraction. pressure 14MPa) 100000 m Load weight (kg) ø100 10000 ø80 ø63 ø50 1000 ø40 ø32 100 10 100 1000 Speed (mm/s) Series CH2G. CH2H: Load weight for horizontal motion — Speed chart (B-rod retraction.Hydraulic Cylinders: Technical Data 3 Series CH2G. CH2H: Load weight for horizontal motion — Speed chart (C-rod retraction. CH2H: Load weight for horizontal motion — Speed chart (extension. pressure 14MPa) m Load weight (kg) 100000 ø100 10000 ø80 ø63 ø50 1000 100 ø40 10 100 1000 Speed (mm/s) Series CH2G. pressure 14MPa) m Load weight (kg) 100000 ø100 10000 ø80 ø63 ø50 1000 ø40 ø32 100 10 100 1000 Speed (mm/s) 132 . Hydraulic Cylinders Technical Data 4 Piston Speed. If the fluid flow velocity exceeds this value. 133 200 300 400 500 . er 5) ho se ø1 60 50 40 30 0 ø9 20 ø8 ø7 1/4 "(ø 6.8m/s. Relationship between piston speed and fluid volume π __ 6 _____ …………… Formula (1) D²⋅ υ⋅ 4 1000 6 _____ π __ Q₂ = (D² .1 )r (ø ub 31 be . Fluid flow velocity Rubber hose 5m/s Steel piping 4.7) 1 os ho ø1 5.. turbulent flow and overheating may occur in conjunction with pressure loss.3 e se 3 )r ub be 3/ rh 8 os ru "(ø ø1 bb 9 e 2 . 4.5m/s General range of rubber hose (max.D .… Formula (2) 4 Q₁ = Q₁: Q₂: D: d: υ: Required fluid volume for extension (l/min) Required fluid volume for retraction (l/min) Bore size (cm) Piston rod diameter (cm) Piston speed (mm/s) Effective inside diameter of piping Q V = __ π din² x 10-₃ 4 1 ……… Formula (3) ⋅ ___ 60 V: Fluid flow velocity (m/s) Q: Fluid volume (l/min) din: Effective inside diameter of piping (mm) It is generally necessary to select a piping diameter that will not allow the fluid flow velocity to exceed the values shown in the chart below. 3) ø5 ø4 ø6 12 ru bb er 10 9 8 7 6 ho se 5 (s te el pi pe ø1 e or rb 25 e d ø1 lin e y z C si re bo r de 00 lin ø1 Cy e z si e or b r 0 de ø8 e lin siz Cy e or rb e d lin 3 Cy ø6 e siz e or rb 0 e d ø5 lin e z i Cy s re bo r de 0 lin ø4 Cy e z i s re bo r 2 de ø3 lin e y z C si e or b r de 5 lin ø2 Cy e z i s re 0 bo ø2 r e de z i n i s l e Cy or rb e d lin Cy ø2 1 ø1 400 Flow rate (l/min) 1 "( ru ø25 bb .4 er ) ho se e siz 4 I.5) rubber hose is used for piping. the flow velocity in the piping will be about 2. 5m/s) 600 60 General range of steel pipe (max.d²) ⋅ υ⋅ 1000 .) 3 2 7 6 5 4 3 2. Required Fluid Volume and Piping Size Selection This information is intended to help you find the required fluid volume and piping size to operate a cylinder at a specified speed. When the 3/8" (ø9.8 ) r ru bb er ø2 6 ø2 5 ø2 5 1/ 2" ( 300 ho se 200 ho se 3 3/ 4" (ø 1 ø1 9) 7 rub 100 80 5/ ru ø1 be 8" bb 2 rh (ø er .5m/s) 500 11 /2" (ø 11 38 /4" .8 2 Flow velocity inside pipe (m/s) 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 Piston speed (mm/s) How to read the chart: Example) The required flow rate necessary to operate a ø50 cylinder at a speed of 100mm/s is 12l/min. 134 . 3. 3. 4. confirm the safety process as mentioned above. handling. Inspection and maintenance of machinery/equipment should only be performed after confirmation of safe locked-out control positions.Hydraulic Cylinders Safety Instructions These safety instructions are intended to prevent a hazardous situation and/or equipment damage. "Warning". and therefore requires special safety analysis. Cut the oil supply pressure and electric power for this equipment and confirm that there is no pressure in the system. food and beverages. Danger : In extreme conditions. medical equipment. Only trained personnel should operate hydraulic machinery and equipment. Oil hydraulics can be dangerous if an operator is unfamiliar with it. 135 . railway. press applications. or "Danger". JIS B 8361 Note 2) and other safety practices. vehicles. 3. take measures to prevent shooting-out of cylinder piston rod. Assembly. or safety equipment. 2. To ensure safety. 2. and proceed with caution. Installation on equipment in conjunction with atomic energy. These instructions indicate the level of potential hazard by a label of "Caution". there is a possible result of serious injury or loss of life. etc. their compatibility with the specific hydraulic system must be based on specifications or after analysis and/or tests to meet your specific requirements. Contact SMC if the product is to be used in any of the following conditions: 1. Caution : Operator error could result in injury or equipment damage. Conditions and environments beyond the given specifications. or repair of hydraulic systems should be performed by trained and experienced operators. Note 1) ISO 4413: Hydraulic fluid power — General rules for the application of equipment to transmission and control systems Note 2) JIS B 8361: General Rules for Hydraulic Equipment Warning 1. Warning : Operator error could result in serious injury or loss of life. When equipment is to be removed. 2. emergency stop circuits. Do not service machinery/equipment or attempt to remove components until safety is confirmed. be sure to observe ISO 4413 Note 1). or animals. An application that has the possibility of having negative effects on people. or if product is used outdoors. The compatibility of hydraulic cylinders is the responsibility of the person who designs the hydraulic system or decides its specifications. property. Since the products specified here are used in various operating conditions.. 1. recreation equipment. air navigation. Before machinery/equipment is restarted. Especially when a cylinder operates with high frequency or is installed where there is a lot of vibration. causing changes in forces to occur. e. 5.. Measures should be taken to protect against human injury and equipment damage in the event that there is a loss of power to equipment controlled by air pressure. Therefore. If driven objects and moving parts of a cylinder pose a serious danger of human injury. 3. 8.) Inside cylinders.. there is a danger of a work piece dropping if there is a decrease in clamping force due to a drop in circuit pressure caused by a power outage. Proof pressure: Test pressure that the cylinder must be able to withstand without lowering system performance when returning to the nominal pressure.g. it may not be possible to hold a stopped position for an extended period of time. 2. ensure that all parts remain secure. Take into account compatibility with hydraulic fluids. damage and/or malfunction may occur. human injury may occur. Design the system so that human injury and/or damage to machinery and equipment will not occur when machinery is stopped by a manual emergency stop or a safety device triggered by abnormal conditions such as a power outage. Intermediate stops Since hydraulic cylinders are not guaranteed for zero fluid leakage. 2. In this case.) Consult with SMC if a fluid other than hydraulic fluid is to be used. 4. the rigidity of the machinery should also be examined. install safe manual control equipment. safety equipment should be installed to prevent damage to machinery and human injury. There is a danger of sudden or erratic action by cylinders if sliding parts of machinery are twisted. The products featured in this catalog are designed for use in industrial hydraulic system applications only. the driven object will lurch at high speed if pressure is applied to one side of the piston. When a cylinder is used as a clamping mechanism. Suspension mechanisms and lifting devices also be considered as drop prevention equipment. When the cylinder has to be reset at the starting position. Therefore. If the products are used in conditions where pressure and/or temperature are out of specification. (Refer to specifications. In such cases. Compatibility Hydraulic fluid Standard mineral hydraulic fluid Compatible W/O hydraulic fluid Compatible O/W hydraulic fluid Compatible ∗ Water/Glycol hydraulic fluid Phosphate hydraulic fluid Not compatible Consult with SMC regarding fluids marked "∗". internal pressure due to load inertia or surge pressure when switching valves. or damage to the machinery itself may occur.g. 6. electricity. A deceleration circuit or shock absorber may be required. Install a deceleration circuit to reduce the speed before cushioning. Minimum operating pressure: Minimum pressure at which a horizontally installed cylinder operates with no-load. Consider these factors and determine the operating pressure so that the pressure generated inside cylinders will be within the maximum allowable pressure. 4. Design machinery so that human injury or equipment damage will not occur upon restart of operation.Hydraulic Cylinder Precautions 1 Be sure to read before handling. Therefore. Consider the action of the system when operation is restarted after an emergency stop or abnormal stop. design the structure to avoid direct contact with the human body. Take into account a possible drop in operating pressure due to a power outage. It is not necessarily the same as the operating pressure which guarantees performance under specified conditions. or install an external shock absorber to relieve the impact. Design circuitry to prevent sudden lurching of driven objects. e. Confirm the specifications. Take into account a possible loss of power source. a cylinder’s cushion will not be sufficient to absorb the impact. the machinery should be adjusted to operate smoothly and designed to prevent such dangers. Take into account emergency stops. Use cylinders that can withstand the surge pressures (maximum allowable pressure) generated in hydraulic systems. Securely tighten all stationary parts and connected parts so that they will not become loose. equipment should be selected and circuits designed to prevent sudden lurching because there is a danger of human injury and/or damage to equipment when this occurs. Pressure terminology used in this catalog is defined as follows: Nominal pressure: Pressure assigned to a cylinder for convenient identification. 3. A protective cover is recommended to minimize the risk of personal injury. 136 . Warning 9. pressure that is higher than the set pressure for the relief valve may be generated. Selection Warning 1. Design Design Warning 1. (Refer to specifications. 7. Maximum allowable pressure: The maximum allowable value for the pressure that is generated inside cylinders (such as surge pressure). by catching hands or feet in the machinery. or hydraulics. When a driven object is operated at high speed or the load is heavy. Consider surge pressure. Do not use in these conditions. When hydraulic pressure in a cylinder is zero. and the cylinder or equipment can be damaged. 2. Piping Caution 1. cutting oil and other debris. Sealant tape 2t hre ad s 3. stops by striking the cover at the stroke end. it should be thoroughly flushed out with air or water to remove chips. Do not scratch or gouge the sliding parts of the cylinder tube by striking or grasping it with other objects. the cushion needle on the cover should be readjusted when the product is put into service. Set up so that air cannot accumulate inside piping. This will contribute to the generation of surge pressure. 2. When using cylinders without a cushion. gradually increasing from a low speed to the desired speed setting. 2.Hydraulic Cylinder Precautions 2 Be sure to read before handling. Wrapping direction Ex po se ap pro x. be certain that chips from the pipe threads and sealing material do not get inside the piping. 3. Operate within the limits of the maximum stroke. Wrapping of sealant tape When screwing together pipes and fittings.5 to 2 thread ridges exposed at the end of the threads. when sealant tape is used. . This can cause fluid to be blown out. Verify correct mounting by performing suitable function and leakage inspections after piping and power is connected. When an external guide is used. or conversions. Do not operate with the cushion needle fully closed. 2. Mounting Caution 1. 3. Do not loosen the cushion needle too much. Instruction manual The product should be mounted and operated after thoroughly reading the manual and understanding its contents. a speed where no metal sounds are heard) when the piston hits the cover. 3. Cylinder bores are manufactured to precise tolerances. following mounting. 4. The piston rod will be damaged if operated beyond the maximum stroke. and damage may be caused due to wear on areas such as the inner tube surface. Preparation before piping Before piping is connected. the restriction becomes smaller and the cushion's effectiveness is increased.e. 137 Cushion Caution 1. Also. Operate the piston within a range that will prevent impact damage from occurring at the stroke end. Refer to the hydraulic cylinder stroke selection procedures (pages 123 to 127) for maximum strokes. piston rod surface and seals. Be certain to align the axis center of the piston with the load and direction of movement when connecting. leave 1. Use a flow control valve to adjust the hydraulic cylinder drive speed. twisting of the piston rod and tubing may occur.. 1. Provide intermediate supports for cylinders with long strokes to prevent piston rod damage due to sagging of the piston rod. However. Ensure a safety margin so that damage will not occur when the piston. having inertial force. When not properly aligned. or install a stopper on the outside of the cylinder. Provide intermediate supports for long stroke cylinders. Do not use until you can verify that equipment can operate properly. 4. 5. Keep the instruction manual where it can be referred to easily. Cushions are adjusted at the time of shipment. Take load factors and piston speed on page 120 into consideration and determine the operability by referring to "Relationship between load weight speed" charts on pages 128 through 132. vibration and external loads. connect the piston rod end and the load in such a way that there is no interference at any point within the stroke. repairs. Readjust using the cushion needle. 2. deflection of the tube. bushings. based on factors such as the size of the load and the operating speed. When the cushion needle is turned clockwise. so that even a slight deformation may cause faulty operation. either slow the speed down so that it is 50mm/s or less (i. Mounting Selection Caution Caution 1. Use hydraulic fluid with a viscosity grade equivalent to ISO VG32 or VG46. If the fluid used in hydraulic cylinders contains foreign matter. do not loosen the plug too much. Take measures to prevent freezing. Use the product within the specified range of fluid and ambient temperature. In dusty locations. Do not use deteriorated fluid or fluid containing foreign matter. moisture or corrosive additives. 2. Removal of equipment When machinery is removed. Use clean fluid. install a protective cover. When there is splashing or spraying of water or coolant. Hydraulic Fluid Warning 1. since loosening the plug too much may cause it to fly out or fluid to blow out. since moisture in hydraulic fluid will freeze at 0°C or below and this may cause damage to seals and lead to a malfunction. Perform maintenance inspection and services according to the procedures indicated in the instruction manual. proceed with caution after confirming measures to prevent cylinder lurching. 2. Caution 1. 2. 3. Operate after opening the air release valve and completely releasing any internal air. Maintenance Air Release Warning Caution 1. as this can cause the malfunction and damage or corrosion of parts. Perform periodic maintenance procedures on filters installed in a hydraulic system in order to keep the fluid clean. 2. 138 .Hydraulic Cylinder Precautions 3 Be sure to read before handling. use water resistant hydraulic cylinders. parts such as the piston seals and rod seals will be damaged. Caution 1. posing a danger of human injury. Residual air can cause a malfunction. Then cut off the electric power and reduce the pressure in the system to zero. Do not use in environments where there is a danger of corrosion. Operating Environment Warning 1. Refer to the construction drawings for cylinder materials. Install hydraulic fluid filters. When adjusting the air release. When machinery is restarted. 1. Improper handling and maintenance services may cause malfunctioning and damage of machinery or equipment to occur. or where there is exposure to chips and spatter. Use caution. Provide your hydraulic system with hydraulic fluid filters with a filtration degree of 10mm or finer. Refer to SMC's hydraulic filter specifications. first ensure that the appropriate measures are in place to prevent the fall or sudden erratic movement of driven objects and equipments. magnetic field interference may cause the switches to malfunction. use a type of switch with a built-in surge absorbing element. select a switch without an indicator light (D-A6.Auto Switch Precautions 1 Be sure to read before handling. perform periodic maintenance inspection and confirm proper operation. Ensure sufficient clearance for maintenance activities. (The switch will stay ON all the time. When designing an application. When an auto switch is placed at an intermediate position of the stroke and a load is driven at the time the piston passes. 9. DA80. . use a switch with a built-in contact protection circuit or a contact protection box. <Solid state switches> Although a zener diode for surge protection is connected at the output side of a solid state auto switch. <Reed switches> If driving a load such as a relay that generates surge voltage. leakage current flow to the load will be “n” times larger when “n” auto switches are connected in parallel. Do not use a load that generates surge voltage. as it may be necessary in this case to connect a contact protection box to extend the switch life. Cautions for use in an interlock circuit When an auto switch is used for an interlock signal requiring high reliability. D-A96V. (When the allowable interval is specified for each cylinder series. voltage. current (leakage current) flows to the load to operate the internal circuit even when in the OFF state. Also. Take the same precautions as in 1). but if the speed is too great the operating time will be shortened and the load may not operate properly. D-A76H. Load • Similarly. 2) Even when an auto switch has a built-in contact protection circuit. note that a 12VDC relay is not applicable. D-A90V. temperature or impact. D-B64. Monitor the internal voltage drop of the switch. x 1000 In case of a high piston speed. <Solid state switches> 3) Although wire length should not affect switch function. the rush current cannot be adequately absorbed and the life of the switch may be shortened. use a wire 100m or shorter. use the indicated value. the auto switch will operate. Use a 3-wire switch if this specification cannot be satisfied. D-A90. Read the specifications carefully and use the product appropriately. it is possible to extend the operating time of the load by using an auto switch (D-F5NT. D-A80H. Maintain a minimum cylinder separation of 40mm. the internal voltage drop will be greater with a 2wire solid state auto switch than with a reed switch. 2. The product may be damaged or malfunction if it is used outside the range of specifications for load current. The maximum detectable piston speed is: V(mm/s) = Auto switch operating range (mm) Load operating time (ms) 4. 139 Supply voltage – Internal voltage drop of switch > Minimum operating voltage of load 2) If the internal resistance of a light emitting diode causes a problem. Contact SMC. D-C80. and this may shorten the product’s life. it is possible that the load may be inoperable even though the auto switch function is normal. and D-G5NT) with a built-in off delay timer (approx. <Reed switches> 1) Switches with an indicator light (except D-A56.) 3. When two or more auto switch cylinders are lined up in close proximity to each other. When a load. 8. devise a double interlock system to avoid trouble by providing a mechanical protection function. the load may not operate. the formula below should be satisfied after confirming the minimum operating voltage of the load. <Solid state switches> With a 2-wire solid state auto switch. (Refer to internal voltage drop in the auto switch specifications. that generates surge is directly driven.) [The voltage drop will be “n” times larger when “n” auto switches are connected. 200ms). DA96. if the lead wire length is 30m or more. Monitor the length of time that a switch is ON at an intermediate stroke position. damage may still occur if the surge is applied repeatedly. D-C76. Keep wiring as short as possible. or by also using another switch (sensor) together with the auto switch. <Reed switches> As the length of the wiring to a load gets longer. Design and Selection Warning 1. 7. Confirm the specifications. Take precautions when multiple cylinders are used close together. take note that there will be a large voltage drop because of internal resistance in the light emitting diodes. D-Z76) • If auto switches are connected in series as shown below. Also. 6. DF7NT.] Even though an auto switch operates normally. Be careful of leakage current. 5. the rush current at switching ON becomes greater.) 1) For an auto switch without a contact protection circuit. Therefore. <Solid state switches> 3) Generally. be sure to allow sufficient clearance for maintenance inspections. or D-Z80). use a contact protection box when the wire length is 5m or longer. when operating below a specified voltage. Operating current of load (OFF condition) > Leakage current If the condition given in the above formula is not met. such as a relay or solenoid valve. it will not reset correctly (stays ON). Moreover. but the light emitting diode will not light up. <2-wire type> If the power is turned ON when an auto switch is not connected to a load. 5. D-A33. the switch will still operate. the switch will be instantly damaged because of excess current. D-A34. since the switch could be damaged by a load short circuit in this condition. Damage may occur due to excess current flow into a switch. 4. 2 is (–). the switch will be in a normally ON condition. Avoid repeatedly bending or stretching lead wires. the switch will be instantly damaged because of excess current flow into the switch. the switches will be instantly damaged. D-A93. D-C73C. ∗ Take special care to avoid reverse wiring with the brown [red] power supply line and the black [white] output line on 3-wire type switches. it is still necessary to avoid reversed connections. Avoid incorrect wiring. ground fault. D-C73. the switch will not be damaged if protected by a protection circuit. 1) If connections are reversed. Please refer to the tables provided. Wiring Warning 1. Do not wire with power lines or high voltage lines. Applicable models: D-A73. Confirm proper insulation of wiring. Be certain that there is no faulty wiring insulation (such as contact with other circuits. 2-wire 3-wire Output (+) Output (–) Old Red Black New Brown Blue Power supply (+) Power supply GND Output Solid state with diagnostic output Old Red Power supply GND Black Output White Diagnostic output Yellow Power supply (+) New Brown Blue Black Orange Old Red Black White New Brown Blue Black Solid state with latch type diagnostic output Output Old Red Black White New Brown Blue Black Latch type diagnostic output Yellow Orange Power supply (+) Power supply GND 6. D-B53. if the wiring is reversed. Broken lead wires will result from repeatedly applying bending stress or stretching force to the lead wires. D-A93V. the switch will still be protected by a protection circuit. ∗2) Even if (+) and (–) power supply line connections are reversed on a 3-wire type switch. D-A59W. 1996 and thereafter. 140 . However. Wire separately from power lines or high voltage lines. or improper insulation between terminals). D-B54 2) Note however. D-A44.Auto Switch Precautions 2 Be sure to read before handling. D-J51 and all models of PNP output type switches do not have built-in short circuit protection circuits. D-A73C. If loads are short circuited. 2. D-A54. D-A73H. the switch will be damaged. Wiring Warning <Solid state switches> 1) If connections are reversed on a 2-wire type switch. Do not allow short circuit of loads. The brown [red] lead wire or terminal no. <Reed switches> If the power is turned ON with a load in a short circuited condition. in the case of 2-color display type auto switches (D-A79W. However. D-A53. if the (+) power supply line is connected to the blue [black] wire and the (–) power supply line is connected to the black [white] wire. Be sure to connect the load before power is applied. D-Z73. as in the case of reed switches. <Solid state switches> D-F9BAL. 3. Control circuits containing auto switches may malfunction due to noise from these other lines. and D-B59W). but the switch will be in a normally ON state. avoiding parallel wiring or wiring in the same conduit with these lines. ∗ Lead wire color changes Lead wire colors of SMC switches have been changed in order to meet NECA Standard 0402 for production beginning September. <Reed switches> ∗ A 24VDC switch with indicator light has polarity. and the blue [black] lead wire or terminal no. Special care should be taken regarding wire polarity during the time that the old colors still coexist with the new colors. 1 is (+). Also note that a current greater than specified will damage a light emitting diode and make it inoperable. 141 Operating Environment Warning 4. . Avoid accumulation of iron waste or close contact with magnetic substances. This may not only cause broken lead wires. the inside of the switch could be damaged and cause a malfunction. or switch may be damaged. (The mounting positions shown in the catalog indicate the optimum position at the stroke end. The construction of auto switches is not intended to prevent explosion. such as machining chips or welding spatter. Adjust the mounting position of an auto switch so that the piston stops at the center of the operating range (the range in which a switch is ON). Never use in an atmosphere with an explosive gas since this may cause a serious explosion. Mount switches using the proper tightening torque. or apply excessive impacts (300m/s² or more for reed switches and 1000m/s² or more for solid state switches) while handling. a malfunction due to swelling of the potting resin.) If mounted at the end of the operating range (around the borderline of ON and OFF). Consult with SMC regarding the need to use a solid state switch depending on the environment. the mounting screws. 8. Do not carry a cylinder by the auto switch lead wires. 5. Do not drop. but it may cause internal elements of the switch to be damaged by the stress. Do not use in an area where surges are generated. If auto switches are used under these conditions for even a short time. Consult with SMC if switches are to be used where there are temperature cycles other than normal temperature changes. tightening below the range of tightening torque may allow the switch to slip out of position. etc. <Reed switches> When excessive impact (300m/s² or more) is applied to a reed switch during operation. 6. Never carry a cylinder by its lead wires. high frequency induction furnaces. Avoid sources of surge generation and crossed lines. When a large accumulated amount of ferrous waste. their proximity or pressure may cause deterioration or damage to the internal circuit elements of the switches. the contact point may malfunction and generate or cut off a signal momentarily (1ms or less). Do not use in an environment where the auto switch will be continually exposed to water. or chemicals. as they may be adversely affected internally. Do not use in an environment where there is excessive impact shock. This may cause deterioration of the insulation or swelling of the potting resin inside switches and may cause a malfunction.Auto Switch Precautions 3 Be sure to read before handling. (Consult with SMC regarding the availability of magnetic field resistant auto switches. (Refer to the switch mounting procedure for each series regarding switch mounting. or a magnetic substance (something attracted by a magnet) is brought into close proximity to a cylinder with auto switches. bump. Mount a switch at the center of the operating range. they may be adversely affected by a deterioration of the insulation.) 4. With the exception of some models (D-A3. Mounting and Adjustment Warning 1. Although the body of the switch may not be damaged. Operating Environment Warning 1. various oils. cleaning solvents. 3. mounting bracket. Nevertheless. or hardening of the lead wires. motors) that generate a large amount of surge in the area around cylinders with solid state auto switches. Consult with SMC if auto switches will be used in an environment laden with coolants. 2. Never use in an atmosphere of explosive gases. <Solid state switch> When there are units (such as solenoid type lifters. D-A44. operation will be unstable. D-G39.) 3. switches satisfy IEC standard IP67 construction (JIS C 0920: watertight construction). they should not be used in applications where they are continually exposed to water splash or spray. D-K39). 7. Do not use in an environment with temperature cycles. On the other hand. 2. Auto switches will malfunction or magnets inside cylinders will become demagnetized. Do not use in an environment with oil or chemicals. Do not use in an area where a magnetic field is generated. Do not drop or bump. this may cause the auto switches to malfunction due to a loss of the magnetic force inside the cylinder. When a switch is tightened beyond the range of tightening torque. movement and tightening torque. replace switches or repair lead wires if damage is discovered.Auto Switch Precautions 4 Be sure to read before handling. retighten them after readjusting the mounting position. Perform the following maintenance inspection and services periodically in order to prevent possible danger due to unexpected auto switch malfunction. the mounting position is not appropriate. 2) Confirm that there is no damage to lead wires. Readjust the mounting position until the green LED lights up. elasticity of lead wires and usage at welding sites. 142 . To prevent faulty insulation. Confirm that the green LED is on when stopped at the set position. If screws become loose or the mounting position is dislocated. 1) Securely tighten switch mounting screws. Other Warning 1. If the red LED is on. 3) Confirm that the green light on the 2-color indicator type switch lights up. Consult with SMC concerning water resistance. Maintenance Warning 1. 143 . . r. ROMANIA SMC Romania s.Z. SOUTH KOREA SMC Pneumatics Korea Co.A. OCEANIA AUSTRALIA SMC Pneumatics (Australia) Pty. BOLIVIA SMC Pneumatics Bolivia S. MEXICO SMC Corporation (Mexico) S.o. ITALY SMC Italia S.SMC'S GLOBAL MANUFACTURING. VENEZUELA SMC Neumatica Venezuela S. NETHERLANDS SMC Pnuematics BV.) Ltd. S.A. SLOVENIA SMC Industrijska Avtomatika d.o.A. UK SMC Pneumatics (U. Inc.o. RUSSIA SMC Pneumatik LLC.) Pte. Ltd. Ltd. Bhd.A. All specifications in this catalog are subject to change without notice. ARGENTINA SMC Argentina S. MALAYSIA SMC Malaysia (S. SINGAPORE SMC Pneumatics (S. SPAIN/PORTUGAL SMC España. 1-16-4 Shimbashi.V. Printed in Japan. DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE NETWORK EUROPE EUROPE NORTH AMERICA AUSTRIA SMC Pneumatik GmbH CZECH SMC Industrial Automation CZ s.z.) Ltd. CHILE SMC Pneumatics (Chile) S.p.L. NORWAY SMC Pneumatics Norway A/S POLAND SMC Industrial Automation Polska Sp. DENMARK SMC Pneumatik A/S FINLAND SMC Pneumatics Finland Oy FRANCE SMC Pneumatique SA GERMANY SMC Pneumatik GmbH HUNGARY SMC Ipari Automatizálási Kft.r..E. BRAZIL SMC Pneumaticos Do Brazil Ltda.A.smcworld.) Sdn.o.r. PHILIPPINES SMC Pneumatics (Philippines). TAIWAN SMC Pneumatics (Taiwan) Co.com © 2001 SMC CORPORATION All Rights Reserved 1st printing September. de C.E. SLOVAKIA SMC Priemyselná Automatizáciá.R. Tokyo 105-0004. Ltd.. . Ltd. JAPAN Tel: 03-3502-2740 Fax: 03-3508-2480 URL http://www. USA SMC Corporation of America SOUTH AMERICA ASIA CHINA SMC (China) Co. Minato-ku.l. HONG KONG SMC Pneumatics (Hong Kong) Ltd.L.A. Ltd.. NEW ZEALAND SMC Pneumatics (N.K. IRELAND SMC Pneumatics (Ireland) Ltd. s. SWEDEN SMC Pneumatics Sweden AB SWITZERLAND SMC Pneumatik AG. P-80 (D) This catalog is printed on recycled paper with concern for the global environment.o.A. CANADA SMC Pneumatics (Canada) Ltd.A. INDIA SMC Pneumatics (India) Pvt. Ltd.o. THAILAND SMC Thailand Ltd. 2001 D-SMC.A.

Comments

Description